h2757w WM MSF Iec 000015 Smart Lamp Post - r01

Material Submission
Contract No. SD/2021/02

– Smart Lamp Post (L01a-L01e)
Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor
Material Submission of
Smart Lamp Post (L01a-L01e)
Revision Date Prepared by Reviewed by Reviewed by Approved by
00 19 Aug 2023 Edwin LAI Lam Chung Rene Chan Perry Yeung
Ching
01 22 Sep 2023 Lam Chak Lam Chung Rene Chan Perry Yeung
Hei Ching
Material Submission
– Smart Lamp Post (L01a-L01e)
This document is controlled in soft copy.
Any hard copies seen are uncontrolled unless chopped with a red control stamp
Material Submission
–Smart Lamp Post (L01a-L01e)
Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor.
About this document
This document is available for all employees via the project network and is approved for
use. This document is regularly updated and the latest version is available electronically.
Once printed, the document should no longer be considered to be the latest version. It
may be distributed externally, for example to the Civil Engineering Development
Department or the Engineer as a controlled document. As such, the front cover should
be stamped “Controlled Copy” in red, and distribution records maintained.
The person in charge of the project or nominee is responsible for updating and
maintaining this plan. The original hard-copy of the document should be signed to
indicate approval and filed in the project filing system.
If you have any enquiry relating to this plan, please contact the person in charge of the
project in the first instance.
Revision History and Plan Approval

Revision Date Prepared by: Reviewed by: Reviewed by: Approved by: Remark
00 10 Jul 2023 Edwin Lai Lam Chung Rene Chan Perry Yeung First Issue
Ching
Lam Chak Lam Chung Rene Chan Perry Yeung Second
01 22 Sep 2023
Hei Ching Issue
Titles and names of responsible staff named in this plan are subject to change. Text in
square brackets, eg, [Details], will be included when more information becomes
available.
Material Submission –
Any hard copies seen are uncontrolled unless chopped with a red control stamp Page 2 of 10
Material Submission
Contents
ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT 2
REVISION HISTORY AND PLAN APPROVAL 2
Introduction 4
1.1 Equipment Information 4
1.2 Equipment Schedule 5
1. Comply List for Smart Lamp Post 6
2. Catalogue for Smart Lamp Post 7
3. Test Certificate and Report for Smart Lamp Post 8
4. Job Reference List for Smart Lamp Post 9
5. Response to Comments 10
Material Submission
Introduction
1.1 Equipment Information
Trade: Electrical System
Description: Smart Lamp Post
Application: Electrical System
Location of Use: Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor
Brand Name: HKT Limited / Jump Intelligence Group Limited
Manufacturer: Jump Intelligence Group Limited
Model: see attached equipment schedules
Origin: see attached equipment schedules
Material Submission
1.2 Equipment Schedule
Description Brand Model No: Origin:

1 Pole Light Luminaires Saturn Saturn-X-A(APCS B)-Y Series 70W PRC
(L01A) LED Driver Tridonic LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V
one4all NFC C EXC3
2 Pole Light Luminaires Saturn Saturn -X-A(APCS B)-Y Series 70W PRC
with WIFI LED Driver Tridonic LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V
(L01B) one4all NFC C EXC3
Media Planet IGTP-825AT
Converter
DC Adaptor Mean HEP-185
Well
Wifi AP EnGenius ECW260 Outdoor Wi-Fi 6 AP
with CCTV LED Driver Tridonic LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V
(L01C) one4all NFC C EXC3
Media Planet IGTP-825AT
Converter
DC Adaptor Mean HEP-185
Well
CCTV Hikvision iDS-2CD7546G0-IZHS(Y)
Camera:
with Speaker LED Driver Tridonic LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V
(L01D) one4all NFC C EXC3
Speaker: DSPPA Audio: DSP255-S2
with Speaker
and Bracket LED Driver Tridonic LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V
Projector for one4all NFC C EXC3
Projector Speaker: DSPPA DSP255-S2
connection Audio
(L01E)
Material Submission
1. Comply List for Smart Lamp Post
B8.3.10 Equipotential Bonding o f Conduit 一-— _
The metallic^goriion-0f^6n3uit shall be electrically bonded to the rigid

a separate conductor or terminating devices.
B&4 EXTERNAL LIGHTING SYSTEM
B&4.1 Scope
This Sub-section covers lighting installations (mainly pole mounted)

for street lighting, security lighting, floodlighting and general area
lighting.
B&4.2 Specification and Drawing
External lighting installations shall be installed in accordance with the

Particular Specification and Drawings.
B&4.3 Luminaire
The type o f lamps and luminaires to be used shall be as specified in the

Particular Specification and Drawings. The luminaires shall be
securely mounted on the poles.
For those not mounted on poles, they shall be fixed on wall or hanger,
plinth or the like dedicated for the mounting o f the luminaires. In such
case, the installation shall comply with Clause B4.
Where specified in the Particular Specification, a safety chain shall be

provided between the luminaire and the lamp pole to ensure that the
luminaire will not be dropped down in case the luminaire support fails.
The chain shall be galvanised steel and o f adequate strength to support
at least three times the weight o f the luminaire.
B&4.4 Construction o f Lamp Pole
Unless otherwise specified, lamp poles shall be constructed o f mild

steel pipe. The lamp poles shall be hot dipped galvanised to BS EN
ISO 1461:2009. Material samples and working drawings shall be
submitted when requested by the Supervising Officer. The poles shall
be finished overall with at least two coats o f primer and two coats of
finishing paint after erection in accordance with Clause B l.6. The
colour of the finishing paint shall be as directed by the Supervising
Officer.
The EE Contractor shall submit evidence to substantiate that the lamp

poles are structurally sound and are suitable for use in the local
environment, in particular under typhoon conditions at a wind speed o f
up to 80 m/s. Such evidence shall be by means o f manufacturer^
calculation and certificates・
Section B8 EE_GS
Page 8 of 14 2017 Edition
All lamp poles shall be earthed by approved means such as the armour
o f the underground armoured cables.
B&4.5 Foundation o f Lamp Pole
Lamp poles shall be securely bolted down in an upright position to the

foundations. The EE Contractor shall submit structural calculations
through a registered structural engineer to substantiate the foundation
is structurally sound and is suitable for use in the local environment, in
particular under typhoon conditions at a wind speed up to 80 m/s.
Should there be any queries on the construction o f the foundations, the
Supervising Officer's advice shall be sought.
Stainless Steel is used instead,
B8.4.6 Service Box
consideiring the marine environments
A galvanised steel service box shall be provided on each pole at an
appropriate height above ground level to accommodate the MCB
control box. The service box can be integrated with the lamp pole.
Each lamp circuit shall be protected by an MCB. Where the CSA o f

the incoming/outgoing cable cores are larger than that which can be
accommodated by the terminal o f the MCB, a fixed insulated
connector block o f adequate rating shall be installed with a tail to the
MCB. Alternatively, a copper busbar may be used.
Where the service box serves more than one circuit, the supply to the
MCB shall be by means o f a copper busbar o f adequate rating. The
phase conductors o f the incoming/outgoing cables shall then be
terminated to the busbar by means o f cable sockets.
Each control box shall be fitted with a neutral block of adequate rating
and having sufficient number of ways for the incoming/outgoing cable
cores. It shall be securely fixed to the base o f the control box by means
o f a 6 mm thick paxolin block.
The service box shall be fitted with a 3 mm thick galvanised steel cover
made waterproof with a 3 mm thick soft rubber or neoprene gasket.
The cover shall be fixed by means o f four M6 brass fixing bolts and
washers and shall be hinged. Provision shall be made in the batten
plate o f the box for supporting and terminating up to three numbers of
incoming/outgoing XLPE or PVC/SWA & PVCS cables by means o f
suitable cable glands. The cable sizes shall be as specified in the
N/A Particular Specification or on the Drawings.
B&4.7 Underground Cable to Pole
Underground cables for external lighting systems shall be copper cored,

XLPE or PVC insulated, steel wire armoured and PVC sheathed cables
(XLPE or PVC/SWA & PVCS) unless otherwise specified. Cables
shall enter and leave the pole below ground level and each cable shall
terminate in a gland fixed to the MCB control box. The cable cores
between the glands and the teiminals shall not be in tension.
Section B8 EE_GS
Underground straight through joint will not be permitted without
written agreement o f the Supervising Officer.
All underground cables shall be laid inside cable trenches or ducts. If

these ducts are provided by the builder, the EE Contractor shall
ascertain that the quantity, size and associated arrangement of the ducts
are suitable for drawing o f cables in future. Draw pits o f adequate
sizes shall be provided for a straight run o f approximately 15 m, at
position where cable route changes direction or as and where required.
B&4.8 Cable between Service Box and Luminaire
Cables from the neutral terminal block and the MCB to the luminaires
shall be PVC insulated and PVC sheathed having CSA as specified.
Arrangements shall be made to prevent the cores from being under
tension where they are attached to terminals. All cables shall be
contained within the poles. Rubber grommets shall be installed where
cable passes through metal work.
Where sustained arc voltage o f a discharge lamp exceeds 250 V, the

cables used for connecting the lamp and the control-gear shall be of
600/1,000 V grade to IEC 60502-1:2004 and the associated parts o f the
COMPL Y standard or as recommended by the lamp manufacturer. The length o f
cables shall not exceed the limit as recommended by the manufacturer.
Where flexible cables are recommended by manufacturer for

termination at the luminaire, PVC insulated and PVC sheathed flexible
cables shall be used. Such cables shall enter the luminaire by means o f
suitable waterproof compression glands.
Where four or more floodlights are mounted on a pole, the flexible

cables shall be connected to the luminaires by means o f a mild steel
connector box with waterproof hinged cover. The connector box shall
be fitted near to the top o f the pole.
B8.4.9 Switch Fitted to Pole
Where specified switches may be mounted on the pole for local control.
Switches mounted on the pole shall be fixed onto it by tapped holes and
brass fixing screws. The switches shall be waterproof or contained
within a waterproof type galvanised metal case, with an external
galvanised metal operating knob or handle. Switches shall be fitted at
least 2 m above finished ground level.
B&4.10 Control Gear for Discharge Lighting
Control gear for discharge lamps shall be contained within a

galvanised steel box mounted on the pole or inside the concrete
gear-cabinet provided by others as shown on the Drawings. When
mounted on the pole, the steel box shall be watertight and positioned at
a height higher than normal working level in such a way that a ladder is
Section B8 EE_GS
needed for access. The box shall be o f adequate size to accommodate
all control gear, cable and connections. The method o f construction
shall be similar to the service box.
4.11 Testing o f Illumination Level
Testing o f the illumination level and distribution o f external lighting

installations shall be carried out after dark under the direction o f the
Supervising Officer. All labour, instruments and materials necessary
to carry out the test shall be provided including adjustment o f the
luminaires to achieve the desired illumination level and performance to
the satisfaction o f the Supervising Officer.
B8.4.12 Numbering o f Lamp Pole
All lamp poles shall be marked with appropriate identification

numbers. The numbers shall commence consecutively from the source
o f power supply in the clockwise direction. The numbering proposal
shall be submitted with the shop drawings to the Supervising Officer
for approval.
The number shall be etched on a stainless steel plate which shall be

fixed onto the pole by tapped holes and two brass fixing screws. The
numbers shall not be less than 50 mm tall.
A framed drawing indicating the location o f lamp poles and pole

numbers shall be provided in the appropriate switch room. The framed
drawing shall be fixed onto the wall in such a manner that it can easily
be removed for reference.
B&5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM /
B8.5.1 Installation of Lightning Protection System
Lightning protection systems shall be installed in aêwdance with the

Particular Specification and Drawings, directed by the
Supervising Officer.
B&5.2 Scope
This Sub-section coversli^ntning protection systems applicable to

buildings and similarXructures. It does not cover the protection of
overhead lines apd'other specialized applications. The installation
shall conformztdthe requirements and recommendations set out in IEC
62305-1^010 and the associated parts o f the standard.
B8.5.3 o f Lightning Protection System
A lightning protection system shall comprise air termination connected

by down conductors to earthing electrodes. In larger schemes more
/ than one o f any or all of the above items may be used. Air terminations
Section B8 EE_GS
Page 11 o f 14 2017 Edition
will be confirmed by staff of the Lighting Division on site according
ambient conditions ・
For road lights or soffit lightsJtiGate^m a shaded area such as under-bridge

or under-flyover, their operatieif^shall follow other road lights along the same
carriageway. ThêfGreTthe power supply for the soffit lights should be obtained
fromjiie^r6ad lights of that carriageway instead of from the bridge or flyove匚
2.8 CHOICE OF EQUIPMENT
2.8.1 Luminaires
Lanterns shall be of sound and robust construction to BS EN 60598-2-3.

j^The IP rating for decorative and conventional lanterns shall not be less than 65 and 66
吵 ot decorative and conventional lanterns respectively. They shall be for use on 220V,
50Hz single phase mains supply. To ensure high energy efficiency of public lighting
COMPL Y system, the overall efficacy of the whole lantern for new road projects shall not be
less than lOOlmAV.
In addition to above, LED luminaires shall comply with IEC 62471 hazard
class Group 1 or Exempt Group and shall have a correlated colour temperature at
3000K. The luminaire shall be in modular type so that replacement of parts such as
drivers, LED circuit boards and other components can be carried out as necessary.
The supplier shall guarantee supply of compatible spare parts for a period of 10-year
after the product guarantee period. For luminaire that replacement of spare parts is
not allowed, approval shall be obtained from the Lighting Division for its use. LED
luminaires shall have a minimum of 50,000 hours of lifetime at 70% lumen
maintenance.
Luminaires installed on a bridge deck shall be capable of withstanding the

effects of vibration from structures, passing vehicles and prevailing winds. Vibration
studies/analyses and tests shall be carried out on the proposed luminaires beforehand
in order to illustrate that no premature failure of lamps would occur under the
structural vibration of the bridge. Studies/analyses/test reports and any proposed
vibration reduction measures on the luminaires shall be submitted to the Lighting
Division for approval.
21
2.8.2 Light Sources
The choice of light source depends on the number of lumen per watt, life
time, flux maintenance, colour rendering, initial costs and lamp replacement costs.
The luminous efficacy of a light source has a dominating influence on the energy
consumption and consequent running costs of a road lighting installation. The
requirement on minimum luminous efficacy for different types of light sources is
shown in Table 2-10. In addition, the light sources shall also comply with the
following standards:
High pressure sodium vapour lamp (SON): BS EN 62035
Ceramic metal halide lamp (CDM): BS EN 62035
Light emitting diode lamp (LED): EEC 62471
T5 fluorescent lamp (T5): BS EN 60081
Compact fluorescent lamp (CFL): BS EN 60901
Table 2-10 Minimum Luminous Efficacy for Different Light Sources

SON CDM LED T5
3OMPL Y Wattage (W) <100 100-150 >150 <100 >100 All All
Min.
Luminous
85 105 125 90 100 100 90
Efficacy
(ImAV)
2.8.3 Ballasts/Drivers
In general, electronic ballasts shall be used for road lighting for higher
energy efficiency. The use of conventional magnetic ballasts shall be agreed by the
Lighting Division. An electronic ballast shall be a solid-state converter capable of
converting single phase mains supply of 220V ± 6% and 50Hz 士 2% to a high
frequency voltage output at its rated power to suit the lamps connected. Electronic
ballasts shall conform to DEC 61000-3-2, DEC 61000-3-3, BS EN 55015 and EEC
61547. Electronic ballasts used in tubular fluorescent lamps shall be manufactured
and tested in compliance with IEC 61347-2-3 and IEC 60929.
The whole electronic ballast shall be housed in a single front-access

enclosure with appropriate terminal blocks for easy connection of wires. Electronic
ballasts shall be suitable to operate at an ambient temperature range of 0°C to 50°C
and at maximum relative humidity of 95%. The electronic ballast shall go into a
shutdown or lower power stand-by state when the connected lamp is failed or when
overload occurs in the lamp circuit.
22
LED drivers shall comply with IEC 61347-1 and DEC 61347-2-13. For
drivers with dimming function, they shall be capable of providing continuous
dimming range of 10% to 100%. An external surge protection device capable of
withstanding surges of lOkV shall be provided to the drive匚 The driver and the
surge protector shall be housed in a separated front-access enclosure to be installed at
the column door level of the lighting column.
2・
&4 Power Cables
Cables shall be of 600/1,000V grade with cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE)

insulation, galvanized steel wire armored and PVC outer sheath. 2-cored cable with
stranded copper conductor of 35mm2 and full size neutral is generally adopted in
Hong Kong Island whereas 2-cored and 4-cored cables with stranded copper
conductor of 25mm2 and full size neutral are generally adopted in Kowloon and New
Territories. In general, the cables shall conform to BS 5467.
2.8.5 Astronomical Time Switches and Digital Photoelectric Controllers
The on/off control of lighting circuits shall be by means of an astronomical

time switch and a digital photoelectric controller as a backup. The astronomical time
switch shall comply with IEC 60730-1. It shall have 2-channel, an accuracy of 土 0.5
sec/day and a battery reserve for at least 5 years. The digital photoelectric controller
shall be of electronic fail-safe type, and have a LCD display showing the local time,
on/off settings and measured illuminance level. It shall also have a plug-in and
replaceable photo sensor, and an on/off adjustable setting from 1 to 2,0001ux with
adjustable time delay of 0-60 seconds. Both the switch and the controller shall be
suitable for use in exposed weather conditions and shall function correctly at a
temperature range of -5°C to +50°C at the local supply voltage and frequency.
2.9 ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
2.9.1 Road Lighting Circuits
Road lighting shall be fed from PX^QCs? For the security of road lighting
circuit systems, 100% backfeed capabiHtjTis mandatory for road lighting along trunk
roads or above including slip<foads. The same arrangement shall be adopted for
other roads as farasxptjssible. Backfeed will be needed when the power supply for a
series oflightsled from one PLCC is suspended, faulted or affected and could not be
23
page4
SECTION C9
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE LUMINAIRE & DRIVER
C9.1 GENERAL
C9.1.1 The 'Light Emitting Diode 5 (LED) luminaires, including the electronic
driver and LED module shall be suitable for operation at 220 V ± 6%,
50 H z ± 2%, single phase AC supply.
C9.1.2 The LED luminaires shall be fully assembled and tested before
shipment from factory. The LED luminaire shall comply with the
following international standards and their manufacturing process shall
conform to the relevant quality standard o f ISO 9001:200&
IEC 60598-1:2014 : Luminaires 一 Part 1: General

requirements and tests; and
IEC 60598-2-1:1987 : Luminaires 一 Part 2: Particular

requirements. Section 1: Fixed
general purpose luminaires; or
IEC 60598-2-2:2011 : Luminaires 一 Part 2 Particular

requirements. Section 2: Recessed
luminaries; or
IEC 60598-2-3:2011 : Luminaires 一 Part 2 Particular COMPLIED

Requirements Section 3: Luminaries
for road and street lighting; or

Requirements Section 5: Floodlights

Requirements Section 13: Ground
recessed luminaires

Requirements Section 22:
Luminaires for emergency lighting
IEC 62722 - 1:2014 : Luminaires Performance — Part 1:

General Requirements
IEC 62722-厶1: 2014 : Luminaires Performance - Part 2.1:

Particular Requirements for LED
Luminaires
Type test certificate shall be provided to demonstrate the compliance

with the above standards issued by an accredited test laboratory for the COMPLIED
LED luminaries.
Section C9 EE_GS 2017 Edition

Page 1 o f 5 w/Corr. GSEE02-2017
page5
C9.1.3 The LED luminaires shall be marked in accordance with the

requirements o f IEC 60598-2-1:1987 for general-purpose luminaires
COMPLIED
or IEC 60598-2-2:1997 for recessed luminaries. The ingress protection
for indoor and outdoor LED luminaire shall be at least IP2X and IP54
respectively to IEC 60529:2013/Corr 2:2015.
C9.1.4 The irradiance and radiance emission limits o f the LED luminaires, that
are exposed to view directly, shall be tested to comply with the hazard
“Risk Group 1' (low risk) as stated in the requirements o f the IEC
62471:2006 一Photobiological safety o f lamps and lamp systems.
C9.1.5 The LED luminaires shall be rated for continuous service at an ambient
temperature o f 40 °C without affecting the performance requirements
as stated in clause C9.4 of this specification. The EE Contractor shall COMPLIED
be responsible to advise the Supervising Officer if the performance of
the LED luminaires will be affected by the installation conditions.
C9.1.6 The LED luminaires shall be 'Restriction o f Hazardous Substances

COMPLIED
(RoHS) Compliance 5.
C9.1.7 The LED luminaires shall have a full set o f photometric data prepared
to CIBSE TM5 or IES format for general lighting design purpose. COMPLIED
C9.2 ELECTRONIC DRIVER
C9.2.1 The electronic driver (driver) for the LED luminaire shall include the
components o f power factor correction, radio interference suppression COMPLIED
and also dimming facility if it is specified. The driver shall conform to
the following international standards if applicable:
EN 55015:2009 Limits and methods o f measurement of

radio disturbance characteristics of
electrical lighting and similar
equipment.
IEC 61000-3-2: 2009 : Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 一

Part 3-2: Limits 一 Limits for harmonic
current emissions (equipment input
current 垒 16 A per phase);
IEC 61347-1:2007 Lamp controlgear 一Part 1: General and

safety requirements;
IEC 61347-2-13:2006 Lamp controlgear- Part 2-13: Particular

requirements for DC or AC supplied
electronic controlgear for LED modules;
IEC 61547:2009 Equipment for general lighting purposes

一EMC immunity requirements; and

Page 2 o f 5 xv/Corr. GSEE02-2017
IEC 62384:20011
Certificates o f compliance issued by accredited test laboratories shall

be provided for different ratings o f drivers to be used in the Contract.
C9.2.2 Technical information o f the drivers shall be provided to indicate the

performance o f the drivers. The data shall include, but not limited to, C O M P LIE D
minimum and maximum input voltage, frequency, maximum operating
temperature, rated output voltage, rated output current, rated output
power and power factor.
C9.2.3 The rated life o f driver shall not be less than 35,000 hours operating at C O M P L IE D
ambient temperature not lower than 40°C.
C9.2.4 Electronic ballast shall be compatible with the dimming circuit

provided. Unless other specified, the electronic ballast shall have at C O M P L IE D
least continuous dimming range 40% - 100% without flickering.
C9.3 LED MODULE
C9.3.1 The LED module, self-ballasted LED module or self-ballasted LED

lamp shall be manufactured and tested to comply with the following
standards if applicable:
LED module & : IEC 62031:2014: LED modules for

C O M P LIE D
Self-ballasted LED general lighting 一Safety specifications.
module
Connector for LED : IEC 60838-2-2:2012: Miscellaneous

modules lampholders 一 Part 2-2: Particular
requirements — Connectors for LED
modules
Certificate of compliance with the above standards shall be issued by

an accredited test laboratory or the manufacturer o f LED module.
C9.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
C9.4.1 The performance o f the LED luminaire and self-ballasted LED lamp
shall comply with the following requirements:
(a) Luminaire efficacy (lumen/watt): C O M P LIE D
The luminaire efficacy o f different types of luminaires under

different colour temperatures to be used in the Contract shall be
provided to indicate its performance.

Page 3 of 5 w/Corr. GSEE02-2017
page7
(b) Lumen maintenance (L70)
The lumen output o f LED luminaire shall deliver at least 70%

o f its initial lumen output after operating 35,000 hours and
25,000 hours for LED luminaire and self-ballasted LED lamp
respectively. For compliance with the L 70 threshold lumen
maintenance requirements, the lumen maintenance data o f each
colour temperature LED luminaire using 6,000 hours is
acceptable for projecting the L70. The required lumen
maintenance at 6,000 hours shall not be less than 94.1% and
91.8% for L 7 0 = 35,000 hours and L 70 = 25,000 hours
respectively.
(c) Colour Rendering Index (CRI): COMPLIED
CRI shall be minimum 80 for colour temperature from 2,700 一

6,000K for indoor luminaires and self-ballasted LED lamp.
(d) Power factor:

COMPLIED
The power factor o f the LED luminaire circuit and self-ballasted

LED lamp shall be minimum 0.9 and minimum 0.7 respectively.
(e) Correlated Colour Temperature (CCT) and its tolerance limit:

COMPLIED
The colour temperature o f a group of LED luminaires in the
same space or room shall not be visually noticeable. The
nominal CCT o f the LED light source shall preferrably be one
o f the following values. The tolerance limits shall be within the
below ranges:
2.700 K 2,725 ± 145K

3,000 K 3,045 ± 175K
3,500 K 3,465 土 245K
4,000 K 3,985 土 275K
5.700 K 5,665 ± 355K
6,500K 6,530 ± 510 K
C9.4.2 Each model o f LED luminaire or self-ballasted LED lamp shall be complied
tested to comply with the above performance requirements. The EE
Contractor shall submit the test report from the accredited laboratories
to certify each model o f LED luminaire or self-ballasted LED lamp
complying with the standards or other recognised
international/national standards or other standards proposed by the EE
Contractor and agreed by the Supervising Officer.
C9.4.3 Self-ballasted LED lamps for general lighting services shall comply
with the following requirement;

page8
(a) IEC 62560: 2011: Self-ballasted LED lamps for general lighting
services by voltage>50V 一Safety specification; and
IEC,62612 — Self-ballasted LED lamps for general lighting

services with supply voltages > 50 V - Performance
Requirements.
C9.4.4. For double-capped LED tubular lamp designed to retrofit tubular

fluorescent lamp, the LED lamp shall comply with IEC62776 "Double-
capped LED Lamps Designed to retrofit linear fluorescent lamps 一
Safety Specifications^^.

26P Renewable Energy Power System
⑴ Scope
The particular requirements of this Code should apply to all renewable
energy power system (REPS) installations, specifically for solar PV and
wind turbine systems. Other REPS installations (e.g. hydroelectric, RE
from waste, in eluding landfill gas or biogas) should be desig ned and
installed in accorda nee with the releva nt requireme nt in this Code and
national/international standards.
(2) Selection and erection of installation
(a) The REPS installation should be selected and erected to ensure safe
operation and ease of maintenance at all times. The REPS should
be desig ned and in stalled in accorda nee with IEC 60364-7-712,
BS 7671 or equivalent for PV power supply systems, and IEC 61400-
2 or equivalent for small wind turbines. The typical equipment for
PV power supply system is illustrated in Figure 26(7).
(b) REPSs with aggregated power rating greater than 200kW should
be referred to the power company on a case-by-case basis as
more technical con siderations on the pow er com pany's side
may possibly be required. The final design details and the grid
connection arrangem ent should be agreed by both the power
company and the owner.
(c) Electrical equipment on the DC side shall be suitable for direct voltage
and direct current.
(d) PV modules or panels shall comply with (i) IEC 61215/ BS EN 61215
and IEC 61730; or (ii) UL 1703; or (iii) equivalent.
(e) PV string cables, PV array cables and PV DC main cables should
be selected and erected so as to minimize the risk of earth faults and
short-circuits, for example, by the use of rein for ced or double
insulated cables to BS EN 50618.
(f) PV inverters shall comply with IEC 62109/BS EN 62109, UL 1741 or
equivalent.
(g) Power frequency (50Hz) isolation transformers in complianee with
IEC 61 558 or equivale nt should be in stalled to provide simple
separation between the primary side (DC side) and the secondary
side (AC side) of PV power supply systems.
MPLY
233
(h) Where protective bonding conductors are in stalled, they shall be
in parallel and as close as possible to the DC cables, AC cables and
their accessories.
(i) The selection and erection of equipment should facilitate safe
maintenance and should not adversely affect the provisions made
by the manufacturer of the REPS equipment to enable maintenance
or service work to be carried out safely.
(j) The REPS should in corporate appropriate protecti on facilities to avoid
damage to the REPS caused by transient abnormalities that would
occur in the distribution system and the supply network operated
by power company, such as supply interruption, voltage and
frequency fluctuation, and voltage dip.
(k) In selecting and using REPS installations to run in parallel with the
system for distribution of electricity to the public, care shall be taken
to avoid adverse effects to that system and to other installations
in respect of power factor, voltage level, harmonic distortion,
unbalance, starting, synchronizing and voltage fluctuation. Where
synchronization is necessary, the use of an automatic synchronizing
system which considers frequency, phase and voltage is to be
preferred. Means of automatic switching to avoid unsynchronized
conn ection shall be provided to disconnect the REPS in stallation
from the system for distribution of electricity to the public in the
eve nt of loss of that supply or deviati on of the voltage or freque ncy
at the supply terminals from declared values.
(3) Protection for safety
(a) Protection against electric shock
(i) REPS equipm ent on the DC side shall be considered as
energized, even when the system is disconnected from the AC
side.
(ii) W arning labels should be displayed at relevant electrical
equipme nt in eluding all ju nctio n boxes on the DC side. The
DC warning labels of PV equipment on the DC side should
comply with requirements of Code 17.
(iii) For PV equipment, Class II equipment in accordance with IEC
61140 or equivalent insulation should preferably be adopted
on the DC side for protection against electric shock, for
example, by theûge,of class II DC connectors.
MPLY
234
(iv) For PV equipm ent in stalled in building and pr emises for
Categories 2 and 5 Dangerous Goods including those in
building and premises for liquid petroleum gas storage and for
petrol filling stations, its open-circuit voltage under standard
test conditions (U ocSTC ) in accordance with BS EN 60904-3
should not exceed 120V DC.
(b) Protection against overload on the DC side
(i) DC overcurrent protection devices shall be provided for the
circuits on the DC side unless satisfying subparagraphs (ii) and
(iii).
(ii) Overload protection may be omitted to PV string and PV array
cables when the continuous current-carrying capacity of
the cable is equal to or greater than 1.25 times short-circuit
current under standard test conditions (lscSTC ) in accordanee
with BS EN 60904-3 at any location.
(iii) Overload protection may be omitted to the PV main cable if
the continuous current-carrying capacity is equal to or greater
than 1.25 times short-circuit current under standard test
conditions (lscSTC ) in accordance with BS EN 60904-3 of the
PV generator, which is the summation of all the PV string
circuits connected under that PV main circuit.
(c) Devices for isolation and switching
(i) To allow the maintenance of the inverter, means of isolating
the inverter from the DC side and AC side shall be provided.
The isolation devices shall be lockable and readily accessible for
manual operation by the registered electrical worker.
(ii) A switch-disconnector or a suitably rated circuit breaker should
be provided on the DC side of the inverter. The DC switch
disconnector should be rated for DC operation at the voltage
and cur rent maxima calculated for the circuit.
(iii) The isolation devices shall completely isolate all live con ductors,
for example, by the use of double-pole or 4-pole isolators.
(iv) Dual power supply warning labels shall be displayed at all
electrical equipment with dual power supply sources. The
warning label should comply with requirements of Code 17.
OMPLY
235
Material Submission
2. Catalogue for Smart Lamp Post
Drawing and Detail
for Smart Lamp Pole
Boardwalk Park Lighting Lamppost Type Table Summary
Pole Type
Code Smart Requirement
L01A Standard 3M-Flange type Smart Lamppost without Smart Devices

L01B Lamppost L01A + WiFi mount Module
L01C Lamppost L01A + CCTV mount Module
L01D Lamppost L01A + Speaker mount Module
L01E Lamppost L01A + Speaker + Bracket Projector mount Module
L01F Lamppost L01A + Solar Panel System
About The Park Lighting
LED technology classic post-top urban amenity lighting
v The Main Body with aluminum die-casting and canopy

with spinning aluminum plate
v Lower driver compartment can be opened for

maintenance.
v Modular design basis
v Suite for Smart Devices

Park Lighting L01A Diagram
AC Power Cable for Lantern (with Conduit

Circuit Diagram
Electric Box
For L01b-L01e
Lamppost Compartment
For L01a
Electric Box
MCB
Park Lighting L01B Diagram
DC Adaptor, Media Convertor & All Smart Devices Ref

to Appendix
Luminaire Model – 70W LED, Dimmable to 20W max
Ref to Appendix
Lamppost Material GB 50429-2007 Standard Equivalent to
EN 1999-1-1:2007- Ref to Appendix
Lamppost Power Coating Standard GBT18593-2010
Ref to Appendix
Park Lighting L01C Diagram
Park Lighting L01D Diagram (1)
(Analogue Speaker)
Aluminum Pole Mounting Kit

Color : Dark Grey
RAL 7043
Analogue Cable
Analogue Cable
Park Lighting L01D
Diagram (2)
(Analogue Speaker)
Drain System
Design for WiFi
Module
Analogue Cable
Mounting Kit Bracket Projector

Analogue Cable
Aluminum Pole Color : Dark Grey RAL 7043
(Speaker + Bracket Projector)
Park Lighting L01E Diagram
Catalogue of
Luminaires
Luminaire Specification
LED technology classic post-top urban amenity lighting
Material : Base and top are made of very

corrosion resistant high
pressure die-casting aluminium with
UV resistant polyester powder coated
treatment.
Diffuser : Clear polycarbonate with UV resistant
Ingress Protection : IP66
Impact resistance : IK10
Electrical insulation class : Class I & II
Mounting : Standard for Ø76mm pipe.

Catalogue of
LED Driver
LED driver
Outdoor compact dimming
Driver LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V one4all NFC C EXC3

excite NFC outdoor series
Product description
• Dimmable built-in constant current LED driver
• Dimming range 5 – 100 % (min. 10 mA)
• For luminaires of protection class I and protection class II
• Temperature protection as per EN 61347-2-13 C5e
• Output current adjustable between 200 – 1,050 mA
via NFC, DALI or ready2mains™ Programmer
• Max. output power 90 W
• Up to 92.5 % efficiency
• Lowest power input on stand-by < 0.16 W
• Nominal lifetime of 100,000 h and 8 years guarantee
(conditions at www.tridonic.com)
Interfaces
• Near field communication (NFC)
• one4all (DALI-2 DT 6, DSI, switchDIM, corridorFUNCTION)
• ready2mains™ (configuration via mains)
• U6Me2 (configuration of chronoSTEP via mains)
• Terminal blocks: 45° / 0° push terminals
Functions
• Adjustable output current in 1-mA-steps (NFC, DALI,
ready2mains™)
• Programmable chronoSTEP: times and levels (NFC, DALI,
U6Me2, ready2mains™)
• Dimming through mains voltage (inputDIM)
• Enhanced constant light output function (eCLO)
• Protective features (overtemperature, short-circuit, overload,
no-load, input voltage range, reduced surge amplification)
• Configurable external temperature management (ETM)
• Intelligent Temperature Guard (ITG)
• Intelligent Voltage Guard Plus (IVG+)
• Suitable for emergency escape lighting systems acc. to EN 50172
Benefits
• Flexible configuration via companionSUITE (NFC, DALI,
ready2mains™) or U6Me2 programmer
• Application-oriented operating window for maximum compatibility
• Best energy savings due to low stand-by losses and
high efficiency
• In-field programming possible after installation with
NFC interface and ready2mains
• High overvoltage protection: up to 10 kV asymmetric
(protection class I and II)
Typical applications
• Road, street and industry
Data sheet 03/23-LC656-19

Subject to change without notice. Information provided without guarantee. www.tridonic.com 1
LED driver
EL
Driver LCO 90W 200–1050mA 165V one4all NFC C EXC3

excite NFC outdoor series
Technical data
Rated supply voltage 220 – 240 V tc
AC voltage range 198 – 264 V
inputDIM voltage range 170 – 250 V
34
DC voltage range 176 – 280 V
Mains frequency 0 / 50 / 60 Hz
Overvoltage protection 320 V AC, 48 h
Typ. current (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load)1 2 126 – 436 mA
tc
Typ. current (220 V, 0 Hz, full load, 15 % dimming level)2 31 – 79 mA
77
5.2
Leakage current (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load)1 2
56
< 450 µA
Touch current (equipotential connected)9 480 µA
Max. input power 99.5 W
49
Typ. efficiency (at 230 V / 50 Hz / full load)2 7 92.5 % 122,5
λ (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load)1 0.98 133
Typ. power consumption on stand-by3 < 0.16 W
In-rush current (peak / duration) 41.6 A / 238 μs Ordering data
Article Packaging Packaging
THD (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load)1 < 10 % Type Weight per pc.
number carton pallet
Starting time (AC mode) < 750 ms
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 28003162 20 pc(s). 1,200 pc(s). 0.523 kg
Starting time (DC mode) < 800 ms
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 87500717 20 pc(s). 280 pc(s). 0.523 kg
Switchover time (AC/DC)8 < 300 ms
Article number 28003162: Made in Europe, article number 87500717: Made in China.
Turn off time (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load) < 500 ms
Output current tolerance1 6 ±3%
Max. peak output current (non-repetitive) ≤ output current + 15 %
Output LF current ripple (< 120 Hz) ±5%
Output PstLM (at full load) ≤1
Output SVM (at full load) ≤ 0.4
Max. output voltage (HV) 220 V
Max. output voltage (LV) 130 V
Dimming range 5 – 100 % (min. 10 mA)
Mains surge capability (between L – N)5 6 kV / 3 kA
Mains surge capability (between L/N – PE) 6 kV
Mains surge capability up to (between L/N – PE) 10 kV
without DALI connection
Burst protection4 6 kV
Surge voltage at output side (against PE) < 1 kV
Type of protection IP20
Lifetime up to 100,000 h
Guarantee (conditions at www.tridonic.com) 8 years
Dimensions L x W x H 133 x 77 x 34 mm

LED driver
Specific technical data

Type Output Min. forward Max. forward Max. output Typ. power consumption Typ. current consumption Max. casing Ambient
current6 voltage voltage power (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load) (at 230 V, 50 Hz, full load) temperature tc temperature ta max.
High voltage output (HV)
200 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 33.0 W 38.5 W 181 mA 95 °C -40 ... +70 °C
250 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 41.3 W 47.1 W 216 mA 95 °C -40 ... +70 °C
300 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 49.5 W 55.4 W 251 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
350 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 57.8 W 63.8 W 287 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
400 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 66.0 W 71.9 W 321 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
450 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 74.3 W 80.6 W 359 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
500 mA 78.0 V 165.0 V 82.5 W 89.4 W 397 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
550 mA 78.0 V 163.6 V 90.0 W 97.5 W 432 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
600 mA 78.0 V 150.0 V 90.0 W 97.0 W 430 mA 95 °C -40 ... +65 °C
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3
650 mA 78.0 V 138.5 V 90.0 W 96.7 W 428 mA 95 °C -40 ... +65 °C
700 mA 78.0 V 128.6 V 90.0 W 96.6 W 428 mA 95 °C -40 ... +65 °C
750 mA 78.0 V 120.0 V 90.0 W 96.8 W 429 mA 95 °C -40 ... +65 °C
800 mA 78.0 V 112.5 V 90.0 W 96.6 W 428 mA 95 °C -40 ... +65 °C
850 mA 78.0 V 105.9 V 90.0 W 96.6 W 428 mA 95 °C -40 ... +65 °C
900 mA 78.0 V 100.0 V 90.0 W 96.8 W 429 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
950 mA 78.0 V 94.7 V 90.0 W 96.7 W 428 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
1,000 mA 78.0 V 90.0 V 90.0 W 96.7 W 429 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
1,050 mA 78.0 V 85.7 V 90.0 W 96.7 W 428 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
Low voltage output (LV)
200 mA 72.0 V 97.0 V 19.4 W 24.9 W 126 mA 95 °C -40 ... +70 °C
250 mA 57.6 V 97.0 V 24.3 W 30.0 W 147 mA 95 °C -40 ... +70 °C
300 mA 48.0 V 97.0 V 29.1 W 35.1 W 167 mA 95 °C -40 ... +70 °C
350 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 34.0 W 40.1 W 187 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
400 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 38.8 W 45.4 W 209 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
450 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 43.7 W 50.3 W 229 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
500 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 48.5 W 55.5 W 251 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
550 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 53.4 W 60.2 W 271 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
600 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 58.2 W 65.1 W 293 mA 100 °C -40 ... +70 °C
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3
650 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 63.1 W 70.5 W 315 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
700 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 67.9 W 75.7 W 337 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
750 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 72.8 W 80.7 W 359 mA 100°C -40 ... +65 °C
800 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 77.6 W 85.9 W 381 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
850 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 82.5 W 91.1 W 404 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
900 mA 46.0 V 97.0 V 87.3 W 96.1 W 426 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
950 mA 46.0 V 94.7 V 90.0 W 98.4 W 436 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
1,000 mA 46.0 V 90.0 V 90.0 W 97.9 W 433 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
1,050 mA 46.0 V 85.7 V 90.0 W 98.0 W 434 mA 100 °C -40 ... +65 °C
1 Valid at 100 % dimming level.
2 Depending on the selected output current.
3 Depending on the DALI traffic at the interface.
4 Also applies to corridorFUNCTION.
5 L-N acc. to EN 61000-4-5. 2 Ohm, 1.2/50 µs, 8/20 µs.
6 Output current is mean value.
7 Tolerance range �5 %.
8 Valid for immediate change of power supply type otherwise the starting time is valid.
9 Maximum of „perception and reaction“ and „let go“ values according to EN 60598-1.

LED driver
1. Standards 1.1 Glow wire test
EN 55015 according to EN 61347-1 with increased temperature of 850 °C passed.

EN 61000-3-2
EN 61000-3-3
EN 61000-4-4
1.2 Light modulation
EN 61000-4-5
EN 61347-1
according to IEEE 1789 device fulfils "no observable effect level".
EN 61347-2-13
EN 62384
EN 61547
EN 62386-101 (DALI-2)
EN 62386-102 (DALI-2)
EN 62386-207 (DALI-2)
According to EN 50172 for use in central battery systems
According to EN 60598-2-22 suitable for emergency luminaire
2. Thermal details and lifetime

2.1 Expected lifetime
Expected lifetime HV
Type Output current ta 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
tc 65 °C 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C
200 – 250 mA
Lifetime > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h 70,000 h
tc 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C 100 °C
>250 – 450 mA
Lifetime > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h 75,000 h 50,000 h
tc 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 100 °C –
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 >450 – 550 mA
Lifetime > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h 75,000 h 50,000 h –
tc 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C –
>550 – 850 mA
Lifetime > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h 75,000 h 50,000 h –
tc 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C 100 °C
>850 – 1,050 mA
Lifetime > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h 75,000 h 50,000 h
Expected lifetime LV
Type Output current ta 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
tc 65 °C 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C
200 – 300 mA
tc 70 °C 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C 100 °C
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 >300 – 600 mA
tc 75 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C 95 °C 100 °C –
>600 – 1,050 mA
Lifetime > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h > 100,000 h 75,000 h 50,000 h –
The LED driver is designed for a lifetime stated above under reference conditions and with a failure probability of less than 10 %.
The relation of tc to ta temperature depends also on the luminaire design.

If the measured tc temperature is approx. 5 K below tc max., ta temperature should be checked and eventually critical
components (e.g. ELCAP) measured. Detailed information on request.

LED driver
3. Installation / wiring
3.1 Circuit diagram
DALI with high voltage output (HV) DALI with low voltage output (LV)
220–240 V 220–240 V
0/50/60 Hz 0/50/60 Hz
L L
N N

LED1+(HV) LED1+(HV)

SEC
SEC
LED– LED–

LED2+(LV) LED2+(LV)
NTC Sig NTC Sig
NTC COM NTC COM
NTC LCO 90/200-1050/165 NTC LCO 90/200-1050/165
o4a NF C EXC3 o4a NF C EXC3
N N
L L
PRI
PRI
DA/N DA/N
DALI/DSI DA/L
DALI/DSI DA/L
switchDIM with high voltage output (HV) switchDIM with low voltage output (LV)
220–240 V 220–240 V
0/50/60 Hz 0/50/60 Hz
L L
N N

LED1+(HV) LED1+(HV)

SEC
SEC
LED– LED–

LED2+(LV) LED2+(LV)
NTC Sig NTC Sig
NTC COM NTC COM
LCO 90/200-1050/165 NTC LCO 90/200-1050/165
NTC
o4a NF C EXC3 o4a NF C EXC3
N N
L L
PRI
PRI
N DA/N N DA/N
L DA/L L DA/L
switchDIM switchDIM
For wiring in dimming operation with ready2mains refer to the ready2mains

Gateway data sheet.
3.2 Wiring type and cross section
Input side: Output side:

For wiring use solid wire from 0.5 – 2.5 mm². For wiring use solid wire from 0.2 – 1.5 mm².
Strip 10 – 11 mm of insulation from the cables to ensure perfect operation of Strip 8.5 – 9.5 mm of insulation from the cables to ensure perfect operation
terminals. of terminals.
wire preparation: wire preparation:

0.5 – 2.5 mm2 0.2 – 1.5 mm²
10 – 11 mm 8.5 – 9.5 mm

LED driver
3.3 Wiring guidelines 4. Electrical values

• The cables should be run separately from the mains connections and 4.1 Operating window
mains cables to ensure good EMC conditions.
• The max. secondary cable length (NTC, LED) is 2 m (4 m circuit). 180
• For good EMC performance, keep the LED wiring as short as possible. 160
• Secondary switching is not permitted.
• The LED driver has no inverse-polarity protection on the secondary side. 140
Output voltage [V]

Wrong polarity can damage LED modules with no inverse-polarity protection. 120
• Wrong wiring of the LED driver can lead to malfunction or irreparable 100
damage.
• To enhance the capability against mechanical stress (vibration), 80
it is recommended to apply washers for the screws in installation. 60
• To avoid the damage of the Driver, the wiring must be protected against
40
short circuits to earth (sharp edged metal parts, metal cable clips, louver,
etc.). 20
0
3.4 Hot plug-in 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Output current [mA]
Hot plug-in is not supported due to residual output voltage of > 0 V.
When connecting an LED load, restart the device to activate the LED output. Operating window 100 % (high output voltage)
This can be done via mains reset or via interface (DALI, DSI, ready2mains). Operating window dimmed (high output voltage)
Operating window 100 % (low output voltage)
Operating window dimmed (low output voltage)
3.5 Earth connection
Make sure that the LED driver is operated within the given window under all
The earth connection is conducted as function earth (FE). There is no earth operating conditions. Special attention needs to be paid at dimming and DC
connection required for the functionality of the LED driver. Earth connection emergency operation as the forward voltage of the connected LED modules
is recommended to improve following behaviour: varies with the dimming level, due to the implemented amplitude dimming
• Electromagnetic interferences (EMI) technology. Coming below the specified minimum output voltage of the LED
• LED glowing at standby driver may cause the device to shut-down.
• Transmission of mains transients to the LED output See chapter “6.6 Light level in DC operation” for more information.
3.6 Installation note 4.2 Efficiency vs load (HV)
Max. torque at the clamping screw: 0.5 Nm / M4 94

93
92
91
Efficiency [%]
90
89
88
87
86
85
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Load [%]
4.3 Power factor vs load (HV)
1.00
0.95
Power factor
0.90
0.85
0.80
0.75
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Load [%]

LED driver
4.4 THD vs load (HV) 4.7 THD vs load (LV)
25 35
30
20
25
15
THD [%]
THD [%]
20
10 15
10
5
5
0 0
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Load [%] Load [%]
4.5 Efficiency vs load (LV)

200 mA
94 350 mA
92 500 mA
700 mA
90
1050 mA
88
Efficiency [%]
86 100 % load corresponds to the max. output power (full load) according to the
84 table on page 3.
82
80
78
76
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Load [%]
4.6 Power factor vs load (LV)
1.05
1.00
0.95
0.90
Power factor
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.70
0.65
0.60
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Load [%]
4.8 Maximum loading of automatic circuit breakers in relation to inrush current
Automatic circuit breaker type C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B20 Inrush current
Installation Ø 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 4 mm2 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 4 mm2 Imax time
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 10 13 17 22 6 8 10 13 41.6 A 238 μs
These are max. values calculated out of inrush current! Please consider not to exceed the maximum rated continuous current of the circuit breaker.
Calculation uses typical values from ABB series S200 as a reference.
Actual values may differ due to used circuit breaker types and installation environment.
4.9 Harmonic distortion in the mains supply (at 230 V / 50 Hz and full load)
in %
THD 3. 5. 7. 9. 11.
LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 < 10 <8 <3 <3 <2 <2

LED driver
5. Software / Programming / Interfaces 5.4 Control Input switchDIM
5.1 Software / programming A standard pushbutton (switchDIM) can be wired on the terminals (DA/N
and DA/L).
With appropriate software and interface different functions can be Integrated switchDIM function allows a direct connection of a pushbutton for
activated and various parameters can be configured in the LED driver. dimming and switching.
The Driver supports the following software and interfaces: Brief push (< 0.6 s) switches LED driver ON and OFF. The dimm level is
saved at power-down and restored at power-up.
Software / hardware for configuration: When the pushbutton is held, LED modules are dimmed. After repush the
• companionSUITE (deviceGENERATOR, deviceCONFIGURATOR, LED modules are dimmed in the opposite direction.
deviceANALYSER) In installations with LED drivers with different dimming levels or opposite
• masterCONFIGURATOR dimming directions (e.g. after a system extension), all LED drivers can be
• ready2mains Programmer synchronized to 50 % dimming level by a 10 s push.
Use of pushbutton with indicator lamp is not permitted.
Interfaces for data transfer:
• NFC 5.5 Control input ready2mains (L, N)
• Control input DALI
• Control input switchDIM The digital ready2mains protocol is modulated onto the mains signal which
• Control input ready2mains is wired to the mains terminal (L and N).
• U6Me2
The configuration is done via the ready2mains Programmer, either directly at
the Programmer itself or via a respective software tool. For details on the
5.2 Nearfield communication (NFC) configuration via ready2mains see the technical information of the
Programmer and its tools.
The NFC Interface allows wireless communication with the LED driver. Following tools can be used:
This interface offers the option to write configuration and to read • deviceCONFIGURATOR (companionSUITE)
configuration, errors and events with the companionSUITE. • masterCONFIGURATOR
A correct communication between the LED driver and the NFC antenna • ready2mains Programmer
can only be guaranteed if the antenna is placed directly on the Driver.
Any material placed between the LED driver and the NFC antenna can cause
a deterioration of the communication quality. 5.6 U6Me2
After programming the device via NFC power up the device one time for one
second till the deviceANALYSER can read out the parameters. Settings of chronoSTEP function could be done via switching mains
We recommend the use of following NFC antenna: commands.
www.tridonic.com/nfc-readers For detailed description for timings and intervals see product manual.
NFC is complied with ISO/IEC 15963 standard. Key features:

• Auto-dimming with 8 sequences
5.3 Control input DALI • Every sequence can hold 8 parameter pairs
• Separate dim-level for each time parameter
The control input is non-polar for digital control signals (DALI, DSI). • Various commands + parameter for extensions
The control signal is not SELV. The control cable has to be installed in
accordance to the requirements of low voltage installations.
Digital control with:

• DSI signal: 8 bit
• DALI signal: 16 bit
Dimming is realized by amplitude dimming.

LED driver
6. Functions
 companionSUITE:
DALI-USB, ready2mains Programmer, NFC
The companionSUITE with deviceGENERATOR, deviceCONFIGURATOR and deviceANALYSER is available via our WEB page:
https://www.tridonic.com/com/en/products/companionsuite.asp
 masterCONFIGURATOR:
DALI-USB, ready2mains Programmer (in DALI mode)
The masterCONFIGURATOR is available via our WEB page:
https://www.tridonic.com/com/en/software-masterconfigurator.asp
ready2mains
U6Me2
DALI-2
NFC
Icon Function
OEM Identification     –
OEM GTIN     –
LED current     –
Device operating mode     
corridorFUNCTION     –
chronoSTEP    – 
External temperature management (ETM + NTC)     –
Enhanced constant light output (eCLO)     –
DC level     –
Enhanced power on level (ePOL)     –
Intelligent temperature guard (ITG)     –
DALI default parameters    – –
Scenes and groups    – –
inputDIM     –

LED driver
6.1 LED current 6.3 chronoSTEP (Virtual Midnight)
The LED output current must be adapted to the connected LED module. In the outdoor lighting and street lighting sector it often makes sense to dim
The value is limited by the current range of the respective device. the lighting level during night hours in order to save energy.
The chronoSTEP function is a tool that makes this easy to do.
The priority for current adjustment methods is NFC / DALI (highest The device automatically measures the switch-on and switch-off times of the
priority) and ready2mains (lowest priority). lighting installation over the past three days.
The switch-on and switch-off times are typically the times at which the sun
sets and rises. The midpoint of these two reference points is the time refer-
6.2 corridorFUNCTION red to as Virtual Midnight. The overall time interval between switch-on and
switch-off points is called On Time.
Notice
Overall there are 8 profiles, 5 are predefined by factory and 3 can be
programmed by the customer.
A motion detector (corridorFUNCTION) can be wired on the terminals When calculating the On-Time, only values between 4 and 24 hours are
(DA/N and DA/L). counted. Values less than 4 hours could indicate a power failure and are
With the corridorFUNCTION and a commercially available motion detector, therefore not saved. For settings longer than 24 hours, 24 hours is
it is easy to adapt the lighting in one area to its use. saved as the maximum possible value.
That is, when the area is entered by a person, the lighting dims instantly to a
certain brightness and is available in desired strength.
After the area is left by the person, the brightness dims slowly to a smaller value 6.4 External temperature management (ETM + NTC)
or switches off completely.
The individual parameters of the desired profile, such as brightness values or
delay times, can be adjusted flexibly and individually.
To activate the corridorFUNCTION without using software a voltage of 230 V

has to be applied at the DA/N and DA/L connection. ETM protects the LED module against thermal overstress.
The unit will then switch automatically to the corridorFUNCTION. An external temperature sensor (NTC) detects the LED module temperature
and the LED driver will limit the output current according to this
corridorFUNCTION is a very simple tool for controlling gears with temperature:
conventional pushbuttons or motion sensors.
To ensure correct operation a sinusoidal mains voltage with a frequency of If the temperature is between the limits T1 (normal condition) and T2
50 Hz or 60 Hz is required at the control input. (overload), the LED output current will be decreased.
Special attention must be paid to achieving clear zero crossings. If the temperature exceeds the limit T3 (critical temperature), the device will
Serious mains faults may impair the operation of corridorFUNCTION. switch to the shutdown level.
The shutdown level will be active until the module temperature decreases
Note: below T1 or until the LED driver is restarted (switch off or mains reset).
By using corridorFUNCTION programming and monitoring via DALI is always
possible. The LED module’s temperature is only measured if the output is
active (lamp is on).
The allowed NTC resistor value is between 0 to 2 MΩ.

By default there are three predefined values that can be set via
programming software, up to five individual values can be added.

LED driver
6.5 Enhanced Constant Light Output (eCLO) 6.7 Intelligent Temperature Guard (ITG)
With this function the light output of the LED module can be kept equal over The intelligent temperature guard protects the LED driver from thermal
the lifetime. overheating by reducing the output power or switching off in case of
The light output of an LED module reduces over the course of its lifetime. operation above the thermal limits of the luminaire or ballast.
The Constant Light Output (eCLO) function compensates for this Depending on the luminaire design, the ITG operates at about 5 to 10 °C
natural decline by constantly increasing the output current of the LED driver above tc temperature.
throughout its lifetime.
Enhanced eCLO shall be achieved by limitation of the LED current at the If temperature threshold values are exceeded, the LED output current is
commissioning of the LED driver and providing a linear interpolation of the limited.
current over the time, depending on the data points given by the user. The These limits can be adjusted using the programming software.
user has to insert up to eight pairs of data (time, level). The output curve is Even the current ITG temperature in the device can be read out. With this
the result of connecting the user data points linear. Detailed description for function, the sensitivity of the temperature control can be adjusted.
eCLO see product manual.
6.6 Light level in DC operation 6.8 inputDIM
In emergency light systems with a central battery supply the DC recognition Dimming with varation of mains voltage between 170 and 250 V AC.
function uses the input voltage to detect if emergency mode is present. With appropriate software the max. / min. dimming level can be set.
The LED driver then automatically switches to DC mode and dims the light The associated voltage for the max. / min. dimming level can be set
to the defined DC level. individually within the voltage range stated above.
Without DC recognition different and more complex solutions would have to Input voltage regulation (IVG+) has higher priority than inputDIM.
be applied in order to detect emergency mode. If min. dimming level set by inputDIM function is higher than max. allowed
DC recognition is integrated in the device as standard. dimming level of input voltage regulation (IVG+) the value of IVG+ has
No additional commissioning is necessary for activation. priority.
This is a safety-relevant parameter. Example:

The setting is relevant for the dimensioning of the central battery
100
system.
90
The LED driver is designed to operate on DC voltage and pulsed DC voltage. 80
For a reliable operation, make sure that also in DC emergency operation the 70
Dimming level [%]
LED driver is run within the specified conditions as stated in chapter 60

“4.1 operating window”.
50
Light output level in DC operation: programmable 5 – 100 % 40
(factory default = 15 %, EOFi = 0.13). 30
20
The voltage-dependent input current of Driver incl. LED module is
10
depending on the used load.
0
The voltage-dependent no-load current of Driver (without or defect LED 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
module) is for: Input voltage [V]
AC: < 30 mA
DC: < 4 mA 6.9 Power-up fading
In DC operation dimming mode can be activated.

If Dimming on DC is activated the requirements of the DC recognition
function are ignored.
Even if DC is detected, the LED driver continues to behave as in AC mode
The power-up function offers the opportunity to modify the on behavior.
• The present dimming level is retained The time for fading on can be adjusted in a range of 0.2 to 16 seconds.
• An emergency light level defined for the DC recognition function According to this value, the device dims either from 0 % up to the power-on
(DC level) is ignored level.
• Control signals via DALI und DSI continue to be executed By factory default no fading time is set (= 0 seconds).
If Dimming on DC is activated then emergency mode is not recognised.

The device no longer automatically switches to the emergency light level.

LED driver
7. Protective features 7.6 Insulation between terminals

Insulation Mains FE NTC / LED DALI
7.1 Overtemperature protection Mains – double double basic
FE double – basic double
The LED driver is protected against temporary thermal overheating. NTC / LED double basic – double
If the temperature limit is exceeded the output current of the LED module(s) DALI basic double double –
is reduced. The temperature protection is activated above tc max. basic ... represents basic insulation.
The activation temperature differs depending on the LED load. double ... represents double or reinforced insulation.
On DC operation this function is deactivated to fulfill emergency
requirements.
8. Miscellaneous
7.2 Short-circuit behaviour
8.1 Insulation and electric strength testing of luminaires
In case of a short-circuit at the LED output the LED output is switched off. After
restart of the LED driver the output will be activated again. The restart can Electronic devices can be damaged by high voltage. This has to be considered
either be done via mains reset or via interface (DALI, DSI, ready2mains). during the routine testing of the luminaires in production.
7.3 No-load operation According to IEC 60598-1 Annex Q (informative only!) or ENEC 303-Annex A,
each luminaire should be submitted to an insulation test with 500 V DC for
The LED driver will not be damaged in no-load operation. The output will be 1 second. This test voltage should be connected between the interconnected
deactivated and is therefore free of voltage. If a LED load is connected, the phase and neutral terminals and the earth terminal.
device has to be restarted before the output will be activated again. The insulation resistance must be at least 2 MΩ.
7.4 Overload protection As an alternative, IEC 60598-1 Annex Q describes a test of the electrical
strength with 1500 V AC (or 1.414 x 1500 V DC). To avoid damage to the electronic
If the maximum load is exceeded by a defined internal limit, the LED driver devices this test must not be conducted.
turns off the LED output. After restart of the LED driver the output will be
activated again. The equipotential terminal is used to connect the heat sink and the LED driver
The restart can either be done via mains reset or via interface (DALI, DSI, to reduce transients.
ready2mains).
8.2 Conditions of storage and use
7.5 IVG+ – Intelligent Voltage Guard Plus
Humidity: 5 % up to max. 85 %,
not condensed
(max. 56 days/year at 85 %)
Storage temperature: -40 °C up to max. +80 °C

In some cases mains voltage is not stabilized and has some voltage peaks
which are lower or higher than the nominal voltage range. The devices have to be acclimatised to the specified temperature range (ta)
Between 192 V and 80 V input voltage, the LED driver operates in under- before they can be operated.
voltage mode and dims the secondary side linearly down to 10 %.
Below 80 V input voltage, the LED driver shuts down, restarts at 90 V The LED driver is declared as inbuilt LED controlgear, meaning it is intended
(without a reset) and dims linearly up back to 100 %. Above 280 V input to be used within a luminaire enclosure.
voltage, the LED driver shuts down. If input voltage drops below 270 V, If the product is used outside a luminaire, the installation must provide
the LED driver restarts (without a reset). suitable protection for people and environment (e.g. in illuminated ceilings).
Input Voltage Guard Plus (IVG+) has a higher priority than inputDIM.
100 8.3 Maximum number of switching cycles

90
All LED driver are tested with 50,000 switching cycles.
80 The actually achieved number of switching cycles is significantly higher.
Output current [%]
70
60
8.4 Additional information
50
40 Additional technical information at www.tridonic.com → Technical Data
30
Lifetime declarations are informative and represent no warranty claim.
20
No warranty if device was opened.
10
0
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
Input voltage [V AC]

LED-Driver
LCO EXC3/ADV3 OTD

Product Manual
Manual LCO EXC3/ADV3 OTD | 03-2020 | 1.2 | en
Table of Contents
1. Validity 4
1.1. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2. Imprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2. General safety instructions 5

2.1. Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2. Dangers associated with the operation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3. Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.4. Additional instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. Description and key features 7

3.1. Description of key features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2. Main values and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3. Housing variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.4. Adjustable output current EXC3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.5. Adjustable output current ADV3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4. Compatibility between LED module and LED Driver 13

4.1. Comparison of data sheet values with a 5-point guideline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2. Practical tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3. Application of the 5-point guideline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5. Installation notes 22
5.1. Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.2. Function of the earth terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.3. Routing the wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.4. External fuse for DC operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5.5. Maximum loading of circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6. Functions and interfaces 32

6.1. IVG Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.2. eCLO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6.3. inputDIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.4. External temperature management (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6.5. chronoSTEP V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6.6. U6Me2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6.7. corridorFUNCTION V2 (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6.8. DSI (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.9. switchDIM (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6.10. Power-up Fading (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6.11. DALI (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
c 2 / 63
Table of Contents
6.12. ready2mains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6.13. DC recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6.14. Dimming on DC (only EXC3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.15. Intelligent Temperature Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6.16. Surge Burst protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7. Reference list 62
7.1. Additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.2. Downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.3. Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
...
c 3 / 63
Scope of documentation
These operating instructions are valid for LED Drivers of the LCO NFC C EXC3 and LCO NFC C ADV3 series.
TRIDONIC GmbH & Co KG is constantly striving to develop all its products. This means that there may be changes in form, equipment
and technology.
Claims cannot therefore be made on the basis of information, diagrams or descriptions in these instructions.
The latest version of these operating instructions is available on our home page at
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/operating-instructions.asp
Copyright
This documentation may not be changed, expanded, copied or passed to third parties without the prior written agreement of
TRIDONIC GmbH & Co KG.
We are always open to comments, corrections and requests. Please send them to info@tridonic.com
Imprint
Tridonic GmbH & Co KG
Färbergasse 15
6851 Dornbirn
Austria
T +43 5572 395-0

F +43 5572 20176
www.tridonic.com
...
c 4 / 63
General safety instructions
The instructions in this section have been compiled to ensure that operators and users of LED Drivers of the LCO NFC C EXC3 and
LCO NFC C ADV3 series from Tridonic are able to detect potential risks on time and take the necessary preventative measures.
The operator must ensure that all users fully understand these instructions and follow them. This device may only be installed and
configured by suitably qualified personnel.
Intended use
Proper use
Operation of LED light modules. The device may only be used for this intended purpose.
Improper use
Outdoor use. Extensions and modifications to the product.
½ WARNING!
Improper use could result in injury, malfunction or damage to property.
It must be ensured that the operator informs every user of existing hazards.
Dangers associated with the operation of the system

½ DANGER!
Danger of electrocution
Disconnect the power of the entire lighting system before working on the lighting system!
Environment
½ DANGER!
Not to be used in corrosive or explosive environments.
½ CAUTION!
Risk of damage caused by humidity and condensation
_ Use use the control device only in dry rooms and protect it against humidity!
_ Prior to commissioning the system, wait until the control device is at room temperature and completely dry!
c 5 / 63
General safety instructions
Additional instructions
½ CAUTION!
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Although the device meets the stringent requirements of the appropriate directives and standards on electromagnetic
compatibility, it could potentially interfere with other devices under certain circumstances!
...
c 6 / 63
Description and key features
Description of key features

LCO NFC C EXC3 and LCO NFC C ADV3 is a specially designed portfolio for outdoor and industrial applications. It has been optimised
to meet the hardest requirements in outdoor LED applications.
_ Special design:
The LCO NFC C EXC3 and LCO NFC C ADV3 offer a safe and reliable solution under difficult weather and electrical
circumstances (e.g. street and roadlight, tunnel, carpark)
_ Lifetime:
Excellent lifetime thanks to special design
_ Safety:
Up to 10 kV surge/burst protection
_ Thermomanagement:
ta up to 70 °C with 65,000 hours lifetime
_ State-of-the-art dimming technology:
Stepless dimming from 100 to 5 %
_ Diversity of functions:
_ EXC3: NFC, U6Me2, ready2mains, DALI, ETM, one4all
_ ADV3: NFC, U6Me2, ready2mains
...
c 7 / 63
Main values and functions

Dimming
Portfolio Description
Dimmable
Dimming method Amplitude dimming
Dimming range 100 to 5 %
Dimming curve Logarithmic dimming curve (standard)

Switching to linear dimming curve via masterCONFIGURATOR is possible.
Dimming interfaces EXC3 DALI V2-DT6, DSI, corridorFUNCTION V2, switchDIM, chronoSTEP V2, inputDIM
Dimming interfaces ADV3 chronoSTEP V2, inputDIM
Functions
Intelligent Voltage Guard
Intelligent Temperature Guard
Power-up Fading
DC Operation DC level adjustable

supporting EN 50172
eCLO
Configuration Interfaces EXC3 NFC, DALI V2-DT6, ready2mains, U6Me2
Configuration Interfaces ADV3 NFC, ready2mains
Output current
Adjustable output current
EXC3 adjustable via... NFC, DALI V2-DT6, ready2mains
ADV3 adjustable via... NFC, ready2mains
Step size 1 mA
Tolerance Further information can be found in the data sheet (see Reference list, p. 62).
c 8 / 63
Technical data
Rated supply voltage 220-240 V
Standby losses < 0.16 W
...
c 9 / 63
Housing variants
Housing variants
LCO one4all NFC C EXC3 is available in the following housing variants:
Image Description
Housing variant compact

_ Compact shape for installation inside the luminaire casing
(in-built)
Typical area of application: Road, street, industry
Housing variant compact potted

(in-built)
_ Typical area of application: Road, street, industry
LCO NFC C ADV3 is available in the following housing variants:
Image Description
Housing variant compact

(in-built)
c 10 / 63
Housing variants
Housing variant compact potted

(in-built)
...
c 11 / 63
Adjustable output current
Adjustable output current EXC3

The output current can be adjusted via NFC, DALI V2-DT6, ready2mains
Adjustable output current ADV3

The output current can be adjusted via NFC, ready2mains
Adjusting the output current via DALI or ready2mains

Further information about DALI (see DALI, p. 54) or ready2mains (see ready2mains, p. 56) can be found in the corresponding
function description of the DALI manual (see Reference list, p. 62).
Adjusting the output current via NFC

The NFC Interface allows wireless communication with the LED Driver. This interface offers the option to write configuration and to
read configuration, errors and events with the companionSUITE.
A correct communication between the LED Driver and the NFC antenna can only be guaranteed if the Driver is directly placed on the
antenna.
Any material placed between the LED Driver and the NFC antenna can cause a deterioration of the communication quality. We
recommend the use of following NFC antennas: www.tridonic.com/nfc-readers
NFC is compliant with ISO/IEC 15963 standard.
Output voltage
The output voltage range results from the selected current. More information can be found in the data sheet (see Reference list, p.
62).
The output current can be adjusted via NFC, DALI (only EXC3) or ready2mains. The diagrams below show the forward voltage ranges
as a function of the output current and are intended as a guide.
For detailed values and an explanation of the methods available please refer to the data sheets (see Reference list, p. 62).
...
c 12 / 63
Compatibility between LED module and LED Driver
There are two stages involved in the check for compatibility between the LED module and the LED Driver.
_ The requirements for operating together can be checked by comparing the data sheets
_ Subsequent practical tests can ensure that there are no unexpected problems during actual operation
Comparison of data sheet values with a 5-point guideline

Different values for the two devices need to be considered when comparing the data sheets. The following table shows which values
are involved and which requirements they must meet.
Comparison Value in LED Value in LED

of… module Driver Detailed procedure
(1) Current Irated @HO >= Output current _ Determine forward current of module
_ Check whether LED Driver can be operated with the same output
Imax >= Output current +
current
tolerances
_ Check whether Imax of module is greater than or equal to output
current of LED Driver (including tolerances)
½ CAUTION!
The Imax can be temperature dependent!
Refer to the derating curve of the LED module data sheet.
turn page... ->
...
c 13 / 63
Comparison Value in LED Value in LED

of… module Driver Detailed procedure
(2) Voltage Min. forward > Min. output _ Check whether voltage range of LED module is completely within the
voltage voltage voltage range of LED Driver
Max. forward < Max. output

voltage voltage ½ CAUTION!
The forward voltage is temperature dependent!
Refer to the Vf/tp diagram in the data sheet.
Min. forward > Min. output Only relevant for dimmable LED Driver !
voltage voltage
@ min. dim
level I NOTICE
To ensure full dimming performance the forward voltage of the LED
module at min. dim level must be greater than or equal to the min.
output voltage of the driver.
_ Determine the forward voltage of the LED module at lowest dim level
_ In case there is no data available for the LED module at lowest dim
level: take the min. forward voltage minus 20% as an approximation
_ Check whether the forward voltage of the LED module is greater
than or equal to the min. output voltage of the driver
(3) LF current Max. >= Output LF _ Check whether max. permissible LF current ripple of LED module is
ripple permissible current ripple greater than or equal to output LF current ripple of LED Driver
LF current (<120Hz)
ripple
(4) Max. peak Max. > Max. output _ Check whether max. permissible peak current of LED module is
current permissible current peak greater than max. output current peak of LED Driver
peak current
(5) Power Min. power > Min. output _ Check whether power range of LED module is completely within
(pertinent for consumption power output power range of LED Driver
multi channel
Max. power < Max. output
LED Driver)
consumption power
c 14 / 63
Practical tests
½ CAUTION!
Following the comparison of the data sheet values a practical test is required. Only a practical test can ensure that the system
components (luminaire, LED Driver , LED module, wiring) are coordinated and working properly.
The following aspects must be checked:
Technical aspects
_ Transient behaviour
_ Colour shift
_ Connection during operation
_ Parasitic capacitance
Visual aspects
_ Flickering
_ Stroboscopic effect (video applications)
_ Dimming behaviour
_ Colour change/stability
_ Luminous flux
When conducting the tests the following conditions must be considered:
Conditions
_ All tolerances
_ Entire temperature range
_ Different output voltage ranges (incl. no load)
_ Entire dimming range
_ Short circuit
I NOTE
If the values are slightly over or under the specified threshold values or if there are any other concerns or questions please contact
your 1st level technical support.
c 15 / 63
Application of the 5-point guideline

The compatibility check with the 5-point guideline is shown here using two examples.
Example 1
Comparison data for LED Driver
LED Driver
Designation LCA 75W 250–750mA one4all C PRE OTD
Manufacturer TRIDONIC
Data sheet values of LED Driver
Output current 700 mA
Output current tolerance ±3%
Min. output voltage 45 V (1)
Max. output voltage 107 V (1)
Output LF current ripple ±5%
Max. output current peak Output current + 40 %
Output power 75.0 W
(1) Values at 700 mA
c 16 / 63
Comparison data for LED module
LED module
Designation RLE G1 49x223mm 4000lm 830 PL1 EXC OTD
Manufacturer Tridonic
Data sheet values of LED module
Forward current 700 mA
Max. DC forward current 1400 mA
Typ. forward voltage 33 V +/-10 % (1)
Min. forward voltage 43.6 V (1)
Max. forward voltage 49.8 V (1)
Max. permissible LF current ripple 1800 mA
Max. permissible peak current 2,000 mA
Power draw 32.14 W
Questions
_ Is the LED Driver able to operate two modules?
_ Can the required luminous flux of 3,000 lm be achieved with this combination?
...
c 17 / 63
Procedure
Comparison of data sheet values
Comparison Value Value in

of… in LED module LED Driver Result Explanation
(1) Current 700 mA = 700 mA _ To produce a luminous flux of 3,000 lm, the two LED modules
must be operated with a forward current of 700 mA.
_ The LED Driver can be set so that it delivers precisely this value
of 700 mA as the output current.
1400 mA >= 721 mA _ The output current of the LED Driver including tolerances (700
mA + 3 % = 721 mA) is less than or equal to the max. DC forward
current of the LED module (1400 mA).
(2) Voltage 87.2 V > 45 V _ The voltage range of the LED module (2 x 43.6 V = 87.2 V; 2 x
49.8 V = 99.6 V) lies completely within the voltage range of the
99.6 V < 107 V LED Driver (45 - 107 V).
(3) LF 1800 mA > 757,05 mA _ The Output LF current ripple (5 % of output current plus
current tolerances: [700 mA + 3 %] x 1.05 = 757,05 mA) of the LED
ripple Driver is less than the max. permissible LF current ripple of the
LED module (1800 mA).
(4) Max. 2000 mA > 980 mA _ The max. output current peak of the LED Driver (700 mA + 40 %
peak current = 980 mA) is less than the max. permissible peak current with
which the LED module can be operated (2,000 mA).
(5) Power 64.8 W < 75.0 W _ The power draw of the LED module (64.8 W) is less than the
output power of the LED Driver (75.0 W).
Result
All the values meet the requirements. The components are mutually compatible.
With 2 modules a luminous flux of 3,713 lm will be achieved.
c 18 / 63
Example 2
Comparison data for LED Driver
LED Driver
Designation LCA 75W 250–750mA one4all C PRE OTD
Manufacturer TRIDONIC
Data sheet values of LED Driver
Output current 700 mA
Output current tolerance ±3%
Min. output voltage 45 V (1)
Max. output voltage 107 V (1)
Output LF current ripple ±5%
Max. output current peak Output current + 40 %
Output power 75.0 W
c 19 / 63
Comparison data for LED module
LED module
Designation Fictitious LED module
Manufacturer Other manufacturer
Data sheet values of LED module
Forward current 700 mA
Max. DC forward current 1,050 mA
Typ. forward voltage 39.5 V +/-10 % (1)
Min. forward voltage 35.55 V (1)
Max. forward voltage 43.45 V (1)
Max. permissible LF current ripple 630 mA
Max. permissible peak current 1,500 mA
Power draw 19.75 W
Questions
_ Are the two components mutually compatible?
_ Can the required luminous flux of 1,800 lm be achieved with this combination?
...
c 20 / 63
Procedure
Comparison of data sheet values
Comparison Value Value in

of… in LED module LED Driver Result Explanation
(1) Current 700 mA = 700 mA _ To produce a luminous flux of 1,800 lm the LED module must be
operated with a forward current of 700 mA.
_ The LED Driver can be set so that it delivers precisely this value
of 700 mA as the output current.
1,050 mA >= 721 mA _ The output current of the LED Driver including tolerances (700
mA + 3 % = 721 mA) is less than or equal to the max. DC forward
current of the LED module (1,050 mA).
(2) Voltage 35.55 V > 45 V _ The voltage range of the LED module (35.55 V - 43.45 V) is not
within the voltage range of the LED Driver (45 V - 107 V)
43.45 V < 107 V
(3) LF 630 mA > 757,05 mA _ The Output LF current ripple (5 % of output current plus
current tolerances: [700 mA + 3 %] x 1.05 = 757,05 mA) of the LED
ripple Driver is not less than the max. permissible LF current ripple of
the LED module (630 mA).
(4) Max. 1,500 mA > 980 mA _ The max. output current peak of the LED Driver (700 mA + 40 %
peak current = 980 mA) is less than the max. permissible peak current with
which the LED module can be operated (1,500 mA).
(5) Power 19.75 W < 75 W _ The power draw of the LED module (19.75 W) is less than the
output power of the LED Driver (75.0 W).
Result
One of the values does not meet the requirements. The components are not mutually compatible.
...
c 21 / 63
Installation notes
I NOTICE
The cabling, wiring and mounting for a LED Driver varies depending on the design and manufacturer of the LED module.
The following description should therefore not be viewed as comprehensive installation instructions but merely as important
general information.
To obtain further information, proceed as follows:
_ Read the documentation provided by the lamp manufacturer. Follow the guidelines and instructions of the lamp
manufacturer!
_ Observe all relevant standards. Follow the instructions given in the standards!
Safety information
½ WARNING!
_ Comply with the general safety instructions (see General safety instructions, p. 5) !
_ To avoid failures due to ground faults protect the wiring against mechanical loads from sharp-edged metal parts (e.g. cable
penetrations, cable holders, metal frames, etc.
_ LED Drivers from Tridonic are protected for a maximum of 48 hour against overvoltage of up to 320 V. Make sure that the
LED Driver is not exposed to overvoltages for long periods!
_ LED Drivers of the LCO OTD series from Tridonic have type of protection IP 20. Comply with the requirements for this type
of protection!
...
c 22 / 63
Installation notes
Function of the earth terminal
The earth connection is conducted as protection earth (PE). The LED Driver can be earthed via earth terminal or metal housing (if
device has metal housing). If the LED Driver will be earthed, protection earth (PE) has to be used. There is no earth connection
required for the functionality of the LED Driver. Earth connection is recommended to improve following behaviour.
_ Electromagnetic interferences (EMI)

_ LED glowing at standby
_ Transmission of mains transients to the LED output
In general, it is recommended to earth the LED Driver if the LED module is mounted on earthed luminaire parts respectively heat sinks
and thereby representing a high capacity against earth.
Avoiding residual LED glow on standby

Residual LED glow on standby may occur as a result of capacitive leakage currents from the LED module onto earthed luminaire parts
(such as the heat sink). This mainly affects high-efficiency LED systems with large surface areas installed in luminaires with protection
class 1.
The topology has been improved so that residual LED glow can be virtually eliminated by earthing the devices.
I NOTICE
If the LED Driver cannot be earthed or if earthing is not desired, residual LED glow can be minimised by adequate insulation (for
example by using heat-conducting double-sided insulation foil).
Avoiding the transfer of mains transients to the LED output

The transfer of mains transients to the LED output presents a problem for many LED Driver topologies currently on the market, and
TRIDONIC devices may be affected.
Voltage peaks at the input of the LED Driver may be transferred to the output of the device where they lead to differences in
potential between the LED output and earthed luminaire parts. These differences in potential may result in flashovers if the insulation
is inadequate or if the creepage and clearance distances are too small. Flashovers will cause the LED module to fail.
Earthing the LED Driver attenuates voltage peaks and reduces the likelihood of flashovers. The precise degree of attenuation
depends on the capacitance of the LED module with respect to earth. If voltages at the output are higher than 0.5 kV, it is mentioned
in the data sheet.
c 23 / 63
Installation notes
Figure: Voltage peaks for LED driver without earthing (left) and with earthing (right)
I NOTICE
Irrespective of whether the LED Driver is earthed or not, LED modules must be insulated in accordance with the requirements of
the luminaire protection class. Improved insulation of the LED module can also reduce the likelihood of flashovers.
...
c 24 / 63
Installation notes
Routing the wires

Tests
I NOTICE
The performance of the prescribed tests and compliance with relevant standards are the responsibility of the luminaire
manufacturer.
The following descriptions merely indicate the most important tests and are no substitute for a full research of the relevant
standards.
Insulation and dielectric strength testing of luminaires

LED Driver for lamps are sensitive to high-voltage transients. This must be taken into consideration when subjecting luminaires to
routine testing during manufacture.
According to IEC 60598-1 Annex Q (for information only!) and ENEC 303-Annex A, each luminaire should be subjected to an insulation
test for 1 second at 500 V DC. The test voltage is applied between the linked phase/neutral conductor terminal and the protective
earth terminal. The insulation resistance must be at least 2 megaohm.
As an alternative to measuring the insulation resistance, IEC 60598-1 Annex Q describes a dielectric strength test at 1500 V AC (or
1.414 x 1,500 V DC). To avoid damaging LED Driver, this dielectric strength test should be performed exclusively for type testing. This
test should certainly not be used for routine testing.
I NOTICE
Tridonic recommends performing an insulation test because a dielectric strength test may damage the device irreparably.
Type testing
Type testing of the luminaire is performed according to IEC 60598-1 Section 10.
The wiring for protection class 1 luminaires is tested at a voltage of 2xU + 1,000 V. In order not to overload the LED Driver all the
inputs and outputs of the LED Driver are connected to one another.
Uout is used for measuring the voltage for luminaires with LED Driver with U out > 250 V:
For Uout 480 V the voltage for the type test is 2000 V. (Routine testing is always performed at 500 V DC)
Wiring
I NOTICE
The wiring procedure is device specific. Further information about wiring, wire cross sections and the length of stripped off
insulation can be found in the data sheet.
c 25 / 63
Installation notes
Wiring guidelines
_ The cables should be run separately from the mains connections and mains cables to ensure good EMC conditions.
_ The LED wiring should be kept as short as possible to ensure good EMC. The max. secondary cable length is 2 m (4 m circuit),
this applies for LED output as well as for temperature sensor.
_ Depending on the design of the luminaire it may be possible to improve the radio interference properties by earthing the
device at the earth connection.
_ The LED Driver has no inverse-polarity protection on the secondary side. Wrong polarity can damage LED modules with no
inverse-polarity protection.
Wiring the plug-in terminal
_ Use solid wire or stranded wire with the correct cross-section

_ Strip off correct length of insulation; you may need to twist the tool slightly
_ If stranded wire is used: push onto the terminal from above to be able to insert the wire
_ Insert the bare end into the terminal
Detaching the plug-in terminal
_ Push onto the terminal from above to release the wire

_ Pull out the wire at the front
External fuse for DC operation

The internal fuse of an LED Driver is not rated for DC operation. Because of this, an additional external fuse must be used if an LED
Driver is operated on a DC network.
Proceed as follows:
_ Connect the external fuse to the line labeled "+" which is between the DC power supply and the input terminal of the LED
Driver
_ Only use an external fuse with suitable parameters.
For LED Drivers with a power of 25-150 watts the following values are recommended:
_ Rated voltage: 250 V

_ DC rated power: 1 A - 3 A Time-Lag (SLO-Blo®)
Tridonic recommends the following external fuse:
_ 477 Series, 5 × 20 mm, Time-Lag (Slo-Blo®) Fuse Rating 3.15 A
c 26 / 63
Installation notes
Maximum loading of circuit breakers

Importance of maximum loading
A circuit breaker is an automatically operated electrical switch that protects an electrical circuit from damage caused by overload or
short circuit. Unlike a fuse that must be replaced if it triggers, a circuit breaker can be reset (either manually or automatically) and
used further. Circuit breakers are available in different sizes and with different technical data.
The inrush current is a short increased peak current that occurs when an electronic control gear is switched on.
In electrical installations, numerous control gear are connected to one circuit breaker. The maximum loading of a circuit breaker
indicates how many control gear can be connected to the circuit breaker without triggering the circuit breaker because of the
summation of the different inrush currents. The value is calculated through simulation programs based on the circuit breakers
characteristic.
Information about the maximum loading can be found in Tridonic data sheets. The following table shows the data for LCO
60/200-1050/100 o4a NF C EXC3 as an example.
Automatic circuit breaker type C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B20 Inrush current
Installation Ø (in mm2) 1,5 1,5 2,5 4 1,5 1,5 2,5 4 Imax time
LCO 60/200-1050/100 o4a NF C EXC3 10 13 16 21 6 8 10 13 32 A 355 µs
Calculation of maximum loading

Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers
The load at which a circuit breaker triggers is defined by the height and the duration of the applied current.
The following table shows exemplary values for different circuit breakers (B10, B13, B16, B20).
Duration Current B10 Current B13 Current B16 Current B20

[µs] [Apeak] [Apeak] [Apeak] [Apeak]
100 700 910 1,120 1,400
200 260 338 416 520
300 177 230.1 283 354
400 145 188.5 232 290
500 122 158.6 195 244
600 110 143 176 220
700 102 132.6 163 204
c 27 / 63
Installation notes
800 97 126.1 155 194
900 93 120.9 149 186
1000 90 117 144 180
The combination of both parameters can also be displayed graphically. This results in the tripping characteristic for a certain circuit
breaker.
Current [A]
Duration [µs]
I NOTICE
Information about the specific tripping characteristics of a circuit breaker must be requested from the respective manufacturer !
Calculation of the inrush current

The inrush current of a control gear is also defined by its duration and its height. The duration is typically measured as the time
between 10 % of maximum current (ascending) and 50 % of maximum current (descending).
The following illustration shows the inrush current of a single control gear:
c 28 / 63
Installation notes
If several control gear are connected to one circuit breaker, the individual inrush currents add up.
Implementation of the simulation

The above-mentioned parameters, height and duration of the current pulse in both the circuit breaker and the control gear, are
entered into the simulation program.
The result of the simulation is presented in graphical form.
The different elements have the following meaning:
_ Circuit breaker:
B10, B13, B16, B20 (solid line) represent the tripping characteristics of different circuit breakers.
c 29 / 63
Installation notes
_ Inrush current:
The dotted lines represent different inrush currents.
The index of a point signifies the number of control gear, that is, point 1 represents the result for 1 control gear, point 2 the
result for 2 control gear, etc.
The simulation results can be read as follows:
_ The crossing of the two lines shows the maximum value for the selected combination of circuit breaker and inrush current.
_ The index of the point at this maximum value shows the max. number of control gear.
The following example shows the maximum number of control gear at four different circuit breakers:
_ max. 5 devices at circuit breaker B10 (green tripping characteristic)

_ max. 7 devices at circuit breaker B13 (pink tripping characteristic)
_ max. 9 devices at circuit breaker B16 (red tripping characteristic)
_ max. 12 devices at circuit breaker B20 (blue tripping characteristic)
c 30 / 63
Installation notes
I NOTICE
The results of different simulations can only be compared if all of the relevant factors are the same. The following points can
influence the results:
_ Tripping characteristic used for the circuit breakers

_ Definition used for the duration of the inrush current (Tridonic: 10-50 %)
_ Gear used for the measurement of the inrush current (especially important: Which electrolytic capacitor is installed in the
control gear?)
_ Considering a safety buffer (Tridonic: +20 % for the electrolytic capacitor )
_ Considering different system impedance
_ Switch-on point used: should always be at max. input voltage
_ Adopted cable lengths and cable data (Tridonic: Cable length 40 cm; Resistivity: 0.0172 ohm * mm 2 / m; inductance: 5 nH /
cm; terminal resistance: 2 milliohm)
_ The modeling of the control gear is performed from the input to the bus voltage electrolytic capacitor . For inductance the
saturation values must be used.
...
c 31 / 63
Functions and interfaces
IVG Plus
Description
In some cases mains voltage is not stabilized and has some voltage peaks which are lower or higher than the nominal voltage range.
Between 192 V and 80 V input voltage, the LED Driver operates in undervoltage mode and dims the secondary side linearly down to
10 %.
Below 80 V input voltage, the LED Driver shuts down, restarts at 90 V (without a reset) and dims linearly up back to 100 %.
Above 280 V input voltage, the LED Driver shuts down. If input voltage drops below 270 V, the LED Driver restarts (without a reset).
½ WARNING!
If the driver is operated on voltages higher >280V it will turn off automatically. This is a safety feature only on streetlight a
pplications.
I NOTICE
Input Voltage Guard Plus (IVG+) has a higher priority than inputDIM.
I NOTICE
If overvoltage is detected, the connected sensors are ignored.
c 32 / 63
IVG Plus
Commissioning
Activating the IVG Plus function
The IVG Plus function is activated by default.
Deactivating the IVG Plus function

Deactivating the IVG Plus function via masterCONFIGURATOR (valid only for EXC3)
The eCLO function can be deactivated via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
Further information can be found in the masterCONFIGURATOR manual (see
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/Manual_masterConfigurator_en.pdf).
...
c 33 / 63
eCLO
eCLO
Description
The light output of an LED module reduces over the course of its lifetime.
The eCLO function (enhanced Constant Light Output) compensates for this natural decline by constantly increasing the output
current of the LED Driver throughout its lifetime.
As a results, a virtually uniform light output is achieved at all times.
Up to 8 steps, each with a timer value and an intensity value, can be used for the configuration.
Starting from these steps, the control of the output current takes place automatically. If the function "visual feedback" is enabled,
visual feedback is given as soon as the LED exceeds the expected LED lifetime, see table Parameter, p. .
c 34 / 63
eCLO
Parameter
Default Min Max
Parameter value Description value value
Initial timer 0h The initial timer value is always 0. 0h 0h

value The function will be started from this step.
Initial 100 % Specifies the intensity, with which the function is started. 70 % 100 %
intensity
Step 1 - 7 0h For each of the 7 further steps (1 - 7) a separate timer value can be specified. 0h 127,500 h
timer value After the period specified here, the respective intensity of the level (1 - 7) is taken.
The 7 timer values are to be entered as absolute values.
Step 1 - 7 100 % For each of the 7 further steps (1 - 7) an intensity can be specified. 70 % 100 %
intensity If one of the levels is defined as 100 %, the function is ended at this step.
LED burning 0h Makes it possible to adjust the burning hours of an LED. 0h 131,070 h
hours With this, LEDs with different burning hours can be matched to each other when
LEDs are replaced.
Visual Off If visual feedback is enabled, visual feedback is given as soon as the LED exceeds Off On
feedback the expected LED lamp life.
If the expected LED lamp life is exceeded, the luminaire flashes for 2 seconds after
being switched on.
Commissioning
Activating and adjusting the eCLO function
Activating and adjusting the eCLO function via companionSUITE (valid for EXC3 and ADV3)
The eCLO function can be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
Further information can be found on the Tridonic homepage at http://www.tridonic.com/download/help/Overview_en.html and
http://www.tridonic.com/download/help/corridorFUNCTION_en.html.
Activating and adjusting the eCLO function via masterCONFIGURATOR (valid only for EXC3)
The eCLO function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
...
c 35 / 63
inputDIM
inputDIM
Description
inputDIM enables dimming with the variation of mains voltage between 170 and 250 V AC. The max. / min. dimming level can be set
via appropriate software.
The associated voltage for the max. / min. dimming level can be set individually within the voltage range stated above.
The input voltage regulation IVG Plus has higher priority than inputDIM. If the min. dimming level set by the inputDIM function is
higher than the max. allowed dimming level of IVG Plus, the value of IVG Plus has priority.
Depending on the level of the input voltage, the intensity of the LED can be set with two adjustable interpolation points.
Between the two interpolation points the values are interpolated linearly.
c 36 / 63
inputDIM
Parameter
Default
Parameter value Description Min value Max value
Minimum 30 % Interpolation point 1: Defines the minimum level of the LED. 10 % 85 %

level
Minimum 180 V Interpolation point 1: Defines the input voltage up to which the 170 V Maximum
voltage minimum level of the LED is set. voltage - 20 V
Maximum 100 % Interpolation point 2: Defines the maximum level of the LED. 30 % 100 %
level
Maximum 220 V Interpolation point 2: Defines the voltage from which on the 196 V 250 V
voltage maximum level of the LED is set. =< Maximum
voltage + 20 V
Commissioning
Activating and adjusting the inputDIM function
Activating and adjusting the inputDIM function via companionSUITE
The inputDIM function can be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
Activating and adjusting the inputDIM function via masterCONFIGURATOR

The inputDIM function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
Activating and adjusting the inputDIM function via ready2mains

The inputDIM function can be activated and adjusted via ready2mains.
Further information can be found in the Product manual ready2mains Programmer (see
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/technical/ready2mains_Programmer_ProductManual_en.pdf).
...
c 37 / 63
ETM
External temperature management (only EXC3)

Description
ETM protects the LED module against thermal overstress.
An external temperature sensor (NTC) detects the LED module temperature and the LED Driver will limit the output current
according to this temperature:
If the temperature is between the limits T1 (normal condition) and T2 (overload), the LED output current will be decreased.
If the temperature exceeds the limit T3 (critical temperature), the device will switch to the shutdown level.
The shutdown level will be active until the module temperature decreases below T1 or until the LED Driver is restarted (switch off or
mains reset).
I NOTICE
The LED module’s temperature is only measured if the output is active (lamp is on).
The allowed NTC resistor value is between 0 to 2 megaohm. By default there are three predefined values that can be set via
programming software, up to five individual values can be added.
The temperature sensor (NTC) is defined by two parameters, the resistance value at 25 °C (R25) and the sensor constant (BETA).
c 38 / 63
ETM
Parameter
Default Min
Parameter value Description value Max value
External OFF Via this checkbox the function can be activated or deactivated OFF ON
tempera-ture
management
Lower tempera-ture 75 °C Tempera-ture at which the power reduction starts 50 °C T2 - 10 °C

limit T1
Upper tempera-ture 85 °C Tempera-ture where the power reduction stops at the reduction T1 + T3 - 10 °C
limit T2 level 10 °C
Critical tempera-ture 100 °C Critical temperature at which the device switches to the T2 + Device de-pend-ent
T3 shutdown level 10 °C (maxi-mum 127 °C)
Reduction level 40 % Level up to which the power is reduced 10 % 100 %
Shutdown level 10 % Level to be switched to, when reaching the critical tempera-ture Physical Reduction level
T3 minimum (maxi-mum 30 %)
Select NTC sensor – Here, predefined NTC types can be selected or user defined – NCP 18XH103J
values can be entered. NCP 18XW153J
The sensor constant (BETA) and the resistance at 25 °C (R25) NCP 18XW223J
can be precisely defined. User defined
Sensor constant 0K This constant is needed to convert the resistance value to a 0K 4,890 K
(BETA) tempera-ture in an NTC resistor, displayed in Kelvin.
Resistance at 25 °C 0 ohm Resistance value of the NTC sensor at 25 °C 0 ohm 470,000 ohm
(R25)
Commissioning
Activating and adjusting the ETM function
Activating and adjusting the ETM function via companionSUITE
The ETM function can be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
Activating and adjusting the ETM function via masterCONFIGURATOR

The ETM function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
...
c 39 / 63
chronoSTEP V2
chronoSTEP V2
Description
In the outdoor lighting and street lighting sector, it often makes sense to dim the lighting level during the night hours in order to save
energy. The chronoSTEP V2 function is a tool that makes this easy to do.
The LED Driver automatically measures the switch-on and switch-off times of the lighting installation over the past three days. The
switch-on and switch-off times are typically the times at which the sun sets and rises. The midpoint of these two reference points is
the time referred to as Virtual Midnight. To allow immediate operation in the first night, it is possible to program the Virtual Midnight
manually.
The overall time between switch-ON and switch-OFF is called On-Time.
Overall there are 8 profiles, 5 are predefined by factory and 3 can be programmed by the customer using the mains programming
protocol U6Me2.
Profiles:
Default profile: Profile 1
Profile 0 - Light output is set to 100 %, chronoSTEP V2 deactivated

Profile 1 - Factory default if chronoSTEP V2 mode is activated
Profile 1-4 predefined
Profile 5-8 user defined and programmable
...
c 40 / 63
chronoSTEP V2
Commissioning
Activating and adjusting the chronoSTEP V2 function
Activating and adjusting the chronoSTEP V2 function via companionSUITE
The chronoSTEP V2 function can be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
Activating and adjusting the chronoSTEP V2 function via masterCONFIGURATOR

The chronoSTEP V2 function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
Activating and adjusting the chronoSTEP V2 function via U6Me2

The chronoSTEP V2 function can also be activated and adjusted via U6Me2.
Further information can be found in the "chronoSTEP V2 Instruction manual - U6Me2 programming" (see
https://www.tridonic.com/com/de/download/technical/Instruction_manual_U6Me2_programming_en.pdf).
...
c 41 / 63
U6Me2
U6Me2
Description
U6Me2 is the communication type to activate and adapt the chronoSTEP function in the device using switch-on and switch-off
commands.
Further information can be found in the "chronoSTEP V2 Instruction manual - U6Me2 programming" (see
https://www.tridonic.com/com/de/download/technical/Instruction_manual_U6Me2_programming_en.pdf).
...
c 42 / 63
corridorFUNCTION V2
corridorFUNCTION V2 (only EXC3)

Description
The corridorFUNCTION V2 enables the illuminance to be linked to the presence or absence of people. A conventional relay motion
sensor is connected. The luminous intensity is increased when a person enters the room. When the person leaves the room the motion
sensor switches off after a certain delay and the luminous intensity is automatically reduced.
The corridorFUNCTION V2 is particularly beneficial in applications in which light is needed round the clock for safety reasons, for
example in public buildings, large apartment complexes, car parks, pedestrian underpasses and underground railway stations. Since
the luminous intensity only has to be increased when there is a demand for light, the corridorFUNCTION V2 offers effective lighting
management and helps saving energy and costs. Another benefit of the corridorFUNCTION V2 is the enhanced convenience of
automatic lighting control.
½ CAUTION!
To ensure correct operation a sinusoidal mains voltage with a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz is required at the control input.
Special attention must be paid to achieving clear zero crossings. Serious mains faults may impair the operation of switchDIM and
corridorFUNCTION V2.
Profile settings:
Standard profile for activating via 230V on the interface terminal DA/N - DA/L for 5 minutes is "Never off"
The LED Drivers have different profiles so they can provide the best possible performance in a range of conditions. The profiles are
defined by a series of values:
1. Fade-in time: the time that starts as soon as the presence of a person is detected. During the fade-in time the luminous intensity
is faded up to the presence value (default: 0s).
2. Run-on time: the time that starts as soon as the presence of a person is no longer detected. If the presence of a person is
detected again during the run-on time the run-on time is restarted from zero. If no presence is detected during the run-on time
the fade time is started as soon as the run-on time expires.
3. Fade time: the time during which the luminous intensity is faded from the presence value to the absence value (default: 30s).
4. Switch off delay: the time during which the absence value is held before the lighting is switched off. Depending on the profile
selected the switch-off delay may have different values or may not be defined (default: "Never Off").
5. Absence value: the luminous intensity when there is no person present (default: 10 %).
6. Presence value: the luminous intensity when persons are present (default: 100 %).
c 43 / 63
corridorFUNCTION V2
Variable switch-off times

The profiles and their values can be freely adjusted. The values can be adjusted via a connection to a DALI bus.
Commissioning
Activating and deactivating the corridorFUNCTION V2
Activating the corridorFUNCTION V2 via mains voltage
Activating the corridorFUNCTION V2 is simple. If an a.c. voltage of 230 V is applied to the digital interface of the LED Driver for a
period of at least 5 minutes the LED Driver detects the corridorFUNCTION V2 and automatically activates it. Activation is required
only once per device.
There are different procedures for activating by the mains voltage. The requirements are the same in each case.
Requirements:
_ The LED Driver is correctly installed in the luminaire

_ Input voltage is applied
_ A motion sensor is connected to information DA/N or DA/L
Procedure Version 1:
_ Remain in the activation range of the motion sensor for more than 5 minutes
-> The motion sensor detects movement and switches on
-> The corridorFUNCTION V2 is activated automatically after 5 minutes
-> The light value switches to presence level (default: 100 %)
Procedure Version 2:
_ Set the run-on time on the motion sensor to a value greater than 5 minutes
_ Remain in the activation range of the motion sensor for a short time
-> The motion sensor detects movement and switches on
-> The light value switches to presence value (default: 100 %)
_ Reset the run-on time of the motion sensor to the required value
Procedure Version 3: Only possible if the motion sensor offers a manual override option
_ Set the slide switch on the motion sensor to the "Never-Off" function
_ Wait 5 minutes
-> The light value switches to presence value (default: 100 %)
_ Reset the slide switch on the motion sensor to the "automatic" function
c 44 / 63
corridorFUNCTION V2
Deactivating the corridorFUNCTION V2 via mains voltage
_ Connect mains voltage push button to the terminal marked DA/L

_ Connect neutral conductor to the terminal marked DA/N
_ Press the push button 5 times within 3 seconds
Activating and adjusting the corridorFUNCTION V2 via the masterCONFIGURATOR

The corridorFUNCTION V2 can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
Activating and adjusting the corridorFUNCTION V2 via companionSUITE

The corridorFUNCTION V2 can be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
...
c 45 / 63
corridorFUNCTION V2
Installation
Requirements:
_ The LED Driver is correctly installed in the luminaire and cabled on the power supply side
_ A motion sensor is installed in the lighting system
_ The motion sensor is connected to the LED Driver
Procedure:
_ Connect the neutral wire (N) to terminal DA/N on the LED Driver
_ Connect the output of the motion sensor (switched phase) to terminal DA/L on the LED Driver
Wiring versions:
c 46 / 63
corridorFUNCTION V2
Benefits:
Control can be changed at any time to a digital control signal (DSI or DALI) without having to change the luminaire or provide an
additional control line
½ CAUTION!
Use conventional relay motion sensors!
Electronic motion sensors (Triac) are not suitable because of their technical design.
½ CAUTION!
Do not use glow switches!
Glow switches may affect the control.
½ CAUTION!
Make sure that the control line (L') of the motion sensor is connected to terminal DA/L and the neutral wire (N) to terminal DA/N.
½ CAUTION!
For five-pole wiring the neutral wire must be connected to DA/N.
This prevents 400 V being applied between adjacent terminals if a different phase is used for the control input.
I NOTICE
For large installations, supply to the LED Driver may be split among several phases (L1, L2, L3).
Any phase can be used for the control input.
Any number of motion sensors can be connected in parallel.
...
c 47 / 63
DSI
DSI (only EXC3)

Description
DSI (Digital Serial Interface) enables DSI LED Driver to be controlled. The DSI line can be wired separately via a two-core cable or
together with the mains cable in a five-core cable. Communication is not impaired by the mains cable. In contrast to DALI, there is no
individual addressing of the LED Drivers with DSI.
DSI offers a series of benefits:
_ Expansion options via submodules, for example in combination with daylight control or additional switch modules
_ Wiring: Simple wiring with five pole standard cables and line length of up to 250 meters
_ Wiring: Polarity-free control lines can be used for mains and control lines
_ Wiring: Multiple wiring possibilities (star, series and mixed wiring)
_ Unaffected by electrical interference
_ Uniform light level from the first to the last light source
_ reverse polarity protected connection: can be connected with any polarity
The main benefits of DSI are the optimization of energy consumption of extensive groups of luminaires (e.g. in sports stadiums and
factories).
Commissioning
I NOTICE
If the corridorFUNCTION is activated, the LED Driver is controlled only by motion. To operate the LED Driver via DALI, DSI or
switchDIM, the corridorFUNCTION must be deactivated.
Further information can be found in the DALI Handbook (see

http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/technical/DALI-manual_en.pdf).
Activating and adjusting the DSI function via masterCONFIGURATOR

The DSI function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
...
c 48 / 63
switchDIM
switchDIM (only EXC3)

Description
With the switchDIM function it is possible to use the mains voltage as a control signal.
The phase of a simple standard mains voltage push button is connected to the terminal marked DA/L and the neutral conductor is
connected to the terminal marked DA/N.
Using the function is easy and convenient:
_ A short press (50-600 ms) switches the device on or off

_ A long press (> 600 ms) fades the connected operating device alternately up and down (between 1 and 100 %).
switchDIM is therefore a very simple form of lighting management. It also has a positive effect on material and labor costs.
The device has a switchDIM memory function. This is used, among other things, for storing the last dimming value in the event of
interruptions in the power supply.
When power returns, the LED is automatically restored to its previous operating state and dimmed to the last value.
½ CAUTION!
Glow switches are not approved for controlling switchDIM.
Glow switches may cause the LED Driver to spontaneously switch on or off or make sudden changes in the dimming value.
½ CAUTION!
To ensure correct operation a sinusoidal mains voltage with a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz is required at the terminal.
Special attention must be paid to achieving clear zero crossings. Serious mains faults may impair the operation of switchDIM and
corridorFUNCTION.
½ CAUTIONS!
A maximum number of 25 operating devices per switchDIM system should not be exceeded.
If you have more devices, please use DALI or DSI.
Commissioning
I NOTICE
If the corridorFUNCTION is activated, the LED Driver is controlled only by motion. To operate the LED Driver via DALI, DSI or
switchDIM, the corridorFUNCTION must be deactivated.

The DSI function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
c 49 / 63
switchDIM
Using the switchDIM function

switchDIM is operated by the mains voltage push button.
Procedure:
_ Switch the device on/off by briefly actuating the push button -or-
_ Dim the device by holding down the push button
Synchronising devices
If the devices in a system do not operate synchronously, the devices must be synchronized, i.e. put in the same status (on/off).
Procedure:
_ Hold down the push button for 10 seconds

-> All devices will be synchronized to the same status
-> LEDs will will be set to a uniform light value (approx. 50 %)
-> The fading time will be set to its default value (approx. 3 seconds)
Changing the fading time

The default value for the fading time is approx. 3 seconds. It can be changed to approx. 6 seconds.
Procedure:
_ Hold down the push button for 20 seconds

-> After 10 seconds: all devices will be synchronized to the same status
-> After 20 seconds: a fading time of approx. 6 seconds will be set
-> LEDs will be set to a uniform light value (approx. 100 %)
Switching the LED Driver to automatic mode

In automatic mode the device detects which control signal (DALI, DSI, switchDIM, etc.) is connected and automatically switches to the
corresponding operating mode.
Procedure:
_ Press the push button 5 times within 3 seconds
Installation
Wiring variants
There are two options for installing switchDIM: four-pole and five-pole wiring
c 50 / 63
switchDIM
Four-pole wiring
Configuration:
Phase (L), neutral (N), earth (PE), control line (L')
Benefits:
No need for a control line thanks to bridging terminal DA/N and the N-connection of the luminaire
Five-pole wiring
Configuration:
Phase (L), neutral (N), earth (PE), control line (L'), control line neutral (N')
Benefits:
Control can be changed at any time to a digital control signal (DSI or DALI) without having to change the luminaire or provide an
additional control line.
c 51 / 63
switchDIM
½ CAUTION!
For five-pole wiring the neutral conductor must be connected to DA/N.
This prevents 400 V being applied between adjacent terminals if a different phase is used for the control input.
...
c 52 / 63
Power-up fading
Power-up Fading (only EXC3)

Description
The power-up fading function offers the opportunity to realize a soft start. The soft start will be applied when the mains supply is
switched on and during operation with switchDIM. The function is programmed as a DALI fade time in the range from 0.7 to 16
seconds and dims in the selected time from 0 percent to the power-on level.
By factory default power-up fading is not active (0 seconds).
Commissioning
Activating and adjusting Power-up Fading via masterCONFIGURATOR
The Power-up Fading function can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
...
c 53 / 63
DALI
DALI (only EXC3)

Description
DALI standard
I NOTICE
LCO OTD devices support the new DALI standard V2 (according to EN 62386-102).
DALI (Digital Addressable Lighting Interface) is an interface protocol for digital communication between electronic lighting
equipment.
The DALI standard was developed by Tridonic together with renowned manufacturers of operating and control equipment. Today,
these manufacturers belong to the DALI Activity Group which promotes the use and further development of DALI.
The DALI standard is defined in IEC 62386. A test procedure standardized by the DALI Activity Group ensures compatibility between
products from different manufacturers. Tridonic products have undergone this test and meet all the requirements. This is indicated by
the logo of the DALI Activity Group on the device.
The agreement by the lighting industry to adopt a common protocol has opened up a virtually unlimited number of options. With the
right choice of individual DALI components an extremely wide range of requirements can be met, from operating a simple light switch
to lighting management systems for entire office complexes with thousands of light sources.
DALI in Action
DALI offers a lot of possibilities:
_ DALI line: 64 control gear can be grouped to a line

_ DALI groups: Every control gear can be attributed into 16 groups
_ Addressability: All control gear are individually addressable
_ Grouping: Possible without complicated rewiring
_ Programmability: Individual programmability makes it possible to use functions which transcend the DALI standard
_ Monitoring: Easily possible thanks to status feedback
_ Wiring: Simple wiring with five pole standard cables and a cable length of max. 300 metres
_ Wiring: Polarity-free control lines can be used for mains and control lines
_ Wiring: Multiple wiring possibilities (star, series and mixed wiring)
_ Unaffected by interruptions: All luminaires receive the same, unaffected digital signal and dimming level
_ Similar light level from first to last luminaire
Technical data of a DALI line:
_ DALI voltage: 9.5 V - 22.4 DC

_ Maximum DALI system current: max. 250 mA
_ Data transfer rate: 1200 Baud
_ Maximum line length: up to 300 m (for 1,5 mm2)
c 54 / 63
DALI
Commissioning
I NOTICE
If the corridorFUNCTION is activated the LED Driver is controlled only by motion. To operate the LED Driver via DALI, DSI or
switchDIM the corridorFUNCTION must be deactivated.
Further information can be found in the DALI Handbook (see

http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/technical/DALI-manual_en.pdf).

DALI can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
eD
eD ("enhanced DALI") offers extended DALI commands. They can be used to activate specific commands of the LED Driver. The
masterCONFIGURATOR software works with eD commands. These commands are Tridonic specific. They are not part of the DALI
standard and are not publicly available.
...
c 55 / 63
ready2mains
ready2mains
Description
ready2mains uses the mains cable to transmit information: easily, reliably and professionally.
ready2mains can be used to configure both drivers with a separate communication interface as well as fixed output drivers. The
configuration saves time and is very flexibel. ready2mains reduces production costs and installation costs and also reduces possible
sources of error.
Configuration
The ready2mains interface can be used to configure the main parameters of LED Drivers via the mains wiring (LED output current,
CLO and DC level). These parameters can be adjusted either via ready2mains-capable configuration software or directly via the
ready2mains programmer (output current only). Further information can be found in the Leaflet ready2mains (see Reference list, p.
62).
_ Easy configuration of luminaires

_ Simple integration in existing test setups
...
c 56 / 63
DC recognition
DC recognition
Description
In emergency light systems with central battery supply the DC recognition function uses the input voltage to detect that emergency
mode is in place. The LED Driver then automatically switches to DC mode and dims the light to the defined DC level. Without DC
recognition different and more complex solutions need to be applied in order to detect emergency mode.
LED Drivers of the LCO EXC/ADV OTD series are factory preset to a DC level of 15 %. This value can be customized.
Further information can be found in the masterCONFIGURATOR manual (see Reference list, p. 62).
I NOTICE
The LED Driver is designed to operate on DC voltage and pulsing DC voltage.
In DC recognition connected sensors are ignored.
...
c 57 / 63
Dimming on DC
Dimming on DC (only EXC3)

Description
If Dimming on DC is activated the requirements of the DC recognition function are ignored. Even if DC is detected, the LED Driver
continues to behave as in AC mode:
_ The present dimming level is retained

_ An emergency light level defined for the DC recognition function (DC level) is ignored
_ Control signals via DALI and DSI continue to be executed
Commissioning
½ WARNING!
If Dimming on DC is activated, the emergency mode is not recognised. The device no longer automatically switches to the
emergency light level.
Make sure that if Dimming on DC is activated an appropriate dimming level is selected for the emergency lighting mode.
Please also note the following:
_ Dimming on DC may only be activated by trained personnel

_ A security code must be entered before activation
_ The security code is issued only after a consent form has been signed
_ Dimming on DC must not be used in emergency lighting systems according to EN 50172
Activating and adjusting Dimming on DC via masterCONFIGURATOR

Dimming on DC can be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
Activating and adjusting Dimming on DC via companionSUITE

Dimming on DC can be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
...
c 58 / 63

½ WARNING!
The tc temperature is the maximum permitted temperatur in terms of safety. Operating the LED Driver above the permitted t c
temperature is not compliant with relevant standards!
The Intelligent Temperature Guard function does not replace the proper thermal design of the luminaire and does not enable the
lighting to operate for lengthy periods of time in impermissible ambient temperatures.
Description
The Intelligent Temperature Guard function provides protection against temporary thermal overloads. Thermal overload protection is
triggered if the tc temperature is exceeded. This way, instant failure of the LED Driver can be prevented.
Behaviour
The following table shows the exact behaviour and parameters of the Intelligent Temperature Guard:
Parameters Description
Starting point When maximum tc temperature is exceeded. (1)

of power
reduction
I NOTICE
The temperature at which the power reduction starts is device-specific and depends on the load and the
installation situation.
Depending on the installation situation and the load of the device, the temperatures at different measuring
points of the device may differ. As a result, it may happen that the actual measured temperature is not identical
to the temperature at the tc point.
In any case, the starting point of the power reduction is higher than the predetermined maximum t c
temperature.
For the functioning of the protective function these deviations are not decisive. The starting point of the power
reduction is selected by the device in a way that the protective function starts when the rated life time would
otherwise be significantly affected.
Type of power Power reduction takes place in gradual steps.

reduction
c 59 / 63
Power Power reduction is dependent on temperature:

reduction
_ Power reduction continues if temperature still rises
process and
control _ Power reduction stops if temperature does not rise anymore or if maximum power reduction is reached
(minimum power level = 50 %)
_ If temperature falls below a certain level, power is increased again until 100 % is reached
_ If temperature still rises even if maximum power reduction is reached:
_ EXC3/ADV3 drivers go to 15 % dim level
Min power ca. 50 % dim level (2)

level
Shut off No shut off behaviour:

behaviour Device will not shut off if temperature still rises.
_ AC mode: Device switches to 15 % dimming level
_ DC mode: Intelligent Temperature Guard is not relevant because driver goes to EOFx level anyway
Automatic No automatic restart behaviour (because there is no shut off behaviour)

restart
behaviour
Restart No restart temperature

temperature
(1) Rated tc is device specific.

(2) Flicker will be visible because of PWM frequency.
I NOTICE
The standard setting for the dimming curve is logarithmic:
If alternative dimming curves are used the power reduction can be implemented differently.
Commissioning
Activating and adjusting ITG via the masterCONFIGURATOR
The ITG function can also be activated and adjusted via the masterCONFIGURATOR.
Activating and adjusting the ITG via companionSUITE

The ITG function can also be activated and adjusted via companionSUITE.
...
c 60 / 63
Surge Burst protection
Surge Burst protection
Description
In the case of protection against overvoltage, it is decisive between which connections the overvoltage occurs. Lightning strikes cause
an overvoltage between the live power lines and the ground. LED Drivers from Tridonic offer a protection of 10 kV and meet
protection classes I and II according to standard IEC 61000-4-5. This means safety for the LED module and the LED Driver.
With a protection of 10 kV, lightning can strike up to approx. 150 m away from the lighting pole without damaging the module. This
means that with LCO OTD drivers 5 out of 10 luminaires are protected. Compared to this, with a 6 kV protection only 1 out of 10
luminaires are protected.
This better protection has clear advantages:
_ Fewer luminaires must be serviced or replaced

_ Therefore, maintenance costs are lower
Bursts
According to Standard IEC 61547 Ed. 2.0 (2009) tests are conducted according to IEC 61000-4-4, with test levels as given in Tables 4
to 6.
Fast transients with positive and negative polarity are applied to the device for a minimum of 2 minutes each.
Surges
Tests are conducted according to IEC 61000-4-5, with test levels as given in Table 10 of this standard. Pulses shall be applied to the
a.c. voltage wave as follows:
_ five positive polarity pulses at the 90° phase angle

_ five negative polarity pulses at the 270° phase angle
Two test levels are given for different types of lighting equipment.
Surge Burst protection (values)

Further information can be found in the data sheet (see Reference list, p. 62).
...
c 61 / 63
Reference list
Additional information
_ Web page PRE3 Outdoor series:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/products/premium-outdoor-series.asp
_ Web page ADV3 Outdoor series:
https://www.tridonic.com/com/en/products/compact-dimming-advanced-outdoor-nfc.asp
_ Data sheets:
Go to above web page link and click "Products" > "Downloads" > "Data sheet"
_ Accessories:
Go to above web page link and click "Products" > "Downloads" > "Accessories"
_ Webpage companionSUITE:
https://www.tridonic.com/com/en/products/companionsuite.asp
_ DALI manual:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/technical/DALI-manual_en.pdf
_ Documentation masterCONFIGURATOR:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/Manual_masterConfigurator_en.pdf
_ Leaflet Outdoor:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/brochures/Leaflet_Outdoor_EN_web.pdf
_ Leaflet ready2mains:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/brochures/Leaflet_ready2mains_EN_web.pdf
_ Product manual ready2mains Programmer:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/download/technical/ready2mains_Programmer_ProductManual_en.pdf
_ Web page corridorFUNCTION:
http://www.corridorfunction.com/corridorFUNCTION/index.html
_ chronoSTEP 2 Instruction manual, U6Me2 programming:
https://www.tridonic.com/com/de/download/technical/Instruction_manual_U6Me2_programming_en.pdf
Downloads
_ Tridonic software:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/software.asp
_ Download masterCONFIGURATOR:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/de/software-masterconfigurator.asp
c 62 / 63
Reference list
Technical data
_ Data sheets:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/data-sheets.asp
_ Company certificates:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/company-certificates.asp
_ Environmental declarations:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/environmental-declarations.asp
_ LED/lamp matrix:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/lamp-matrix.asp
_ Operating instructions:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/operating-instructions.asp
_ Other technical documents:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/technical-docs.asp
_ Tender text:
http://www.tridonic.com/com/en/tender.asp
_ Declarations of conformity: Available documents are found on each product page of our website in the "Certificates" tab for
the specific product, www.tridonic.com/com/en/products.asp
c 63 / 63
Information
of
Power Dimming
Controller
"Ready2main"
3. Information of Tridonic ready2mains programmer
Outlook of the programmer
Dimension of the Programmer

Pin Configuration of the Programmer:
ONLY use Pin 1, Pin 3, Pin 5 and Pin 6
Pin 1
220Vac Input from Mains (L)

Pin 3
220Vac Input from Mains (N)

Pin 5
Pin 6
220Vac Output to Lighting(L)
220Vac Output to Lighting(N)

4. Pre Programming Checking of Programming Instrument
- Check the wiring is correct and connect the Pin 1 and 2 from the main power supply
and Pin 5 and 6 to the lighting circuit.
- Switch on the power by main power supply, and the instrument is required to start
up for around 5 seconds.
Device Initializing
The status LED will be light on for around 5

seconds
- When the Programmer is ready to use, the Green LED will be light ON.
Green LED
will be light
ON
XXX means the

existing current
setting
Pre-Programming Testing (Optional Trial Run) of required current / output of the
Lighting / driver
- This part is for testing of lumen output ONLY; not for the permanent setting
- Press “F1” or “F2” until the LED display with “*Mode test current”
Press “F1” or “F2” until LED display with “*Mode Test current”
- Press “Save / Select” until the LED display with “Test current XXXmA”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “Test current XXXmA”

- Press “Save / Select” until the LED display with “Test current XXX_”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “*Set current XXX_”
- Continuous Press “F1” until the LED display with “Set current _”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “*Set current _”

- Press “the number until the required current (as the dimming percentage refer to
appendix A), say required for 400mA, press “4” “0” “0” until the LED display with
“*Set current 400”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “*Set current

400_”
If typo, you can press “F1” the backward pervious digit.
- After type the required value, press until display “Test current 400mA”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “Test current 400mA)

- Press “Send”, the Busy indicator will be flashed orange for twist
Press “Send” the Busy indicator will be flashed in orange for

twist
- The Lighting fitting / driver are now at 400mA for testing ONLY
5. Permanent Programming of required current/output of the Lighting/driver
- Press F1 until the LED display with “Mode Program current”
Press “F1” or “F2” until LED display with “*Mode Program current”
- Press “Save / Select” until the LED display with “*Set current”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “*Set current”

- Press “the number until the required current (as the dimming percentage refer to
appendix A) , say required for 550mA, press “5” “5” “0” until the LED display with
“*Set current 550_”
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “*Set current

If550_”
typo, you can press “F1” the backward pervious
digit
- Press “Send” until LED display “ready2mains activity” and the Busy indicator will
flashed for twist.
the Busy indicator in orange will

be flashed for twist
Press “Save/Select” until LED display with “ready2mains activity”

- After completed, the LED display will be “Program current 550mA”
After completed, the LED display will be “Program current 550mA
- Finally, the LED display will be “ready2mains config done”
After completed, the LED display will be “ready2mains config done
- The lighting / driver has been set at required values / output

Catalogue of WiFi
Access Point
Outdoor Access Point
EnGenius - ECW260 Outdoor Wi-Fi 6 AP

• Dual concurrent 802.11ax & backward-
compatible with 11ac/a/b/g/n client devices
• Supports up-to 1,200 Mbps in 5-GHz band & 574
Mbps in 2.4-GHz band
• IP67-Rated weatherproof & dustproof housing
withstands harsh environments
• 2.5 GigE PoE+ compatible port for easy
placement where power outlets are scarce
• Four (4) (2x2) detachable 5dbi high-gain, 360°
SMA-type antennas
Datasheet
ECW260
Cloud Managed Wi-Fi 6 2×2

Outdoor Access Point
Dual-Band 11ax reaches speeds of 1,200 Mbps on 5GHz
and 574 Mbps on 2.4GHz band
Product Highlights
EnGenius Cloud Managed ECW260 Outdoor Wi-Fi 6, 2x2, IP67, MU-MIMO Dual-Band
Access Point reaches speeds of 1,200 Mbps on 5GHz and 574 Mbps on 2.4GHz band.
This top-of-the-line cloud-managed AP features the latest in rugged weatherproofing
and Wi-Fi 6 technology with guaranteed top-notch performance and reliability in the
harshest environments.
Features & Benefits

• Dual concurrent 802.11ax & backward-compatible with 11ac/a/b/g/n client devices
• Supports up-to 1,200 Mbps in 5-GHz band & 574 Mbps in 2.4-GHz band
• IP67-Rated weatherproof & dustproof housing withstands harsh environments
• 2.5 GigE PoE+ compatible port for easy placement where power outlets are scarce
• Four (4) (2x2) detachable 5dbi high-gain, 360° SMA-type antennas
Technical Specifications
ECW260 1 x 5 GHz
Standards Power Source
IEEE 802.11b/g/n on 2.4 GHz Power-over-Ethernet: 802.3af/at or Proprietary 54V
IEEE 802.11a/n/ac on 5 GHz IEEE 802.11e Compliant Source

Active Ethernet (PoE)
Antenna
Maximum Power Consumption
2 x 2.4 GHz: 6 dBi
15.9W
2 x 5 GHz: 6 dBi
Wireless & Radio Specifications
External Omni-Directional Antenna
Physical Interface Dual-Radio Concurrent 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
1 x 10/100/1000/2500 BASE-T, RJ-45 Ethernet Port Operation Modes
LED Indicators Manage Mode: AP and Mesh
1 x Power Frequency Radio
1 x LAN 2.4 GHz: 2400 MHz ~ 2472 MHz
1 x 2.4 GHz 5 GHz: 5150 MHz ~ 5250 MHz, 5725 MHz ~ 5850 MHz
ECW260 | Outdoor Access Point

Transmit Power Cross-Band VLAN Pass-Through
Up to 23 dBm on 2.4 GHz Management VLAN
Up to 25 dBm on 5 GHz Spanning Tree
Tx Beamforming (TxBF) Supports 802.1d Spanning Tree Protocol
Radio Chains/Spatial Stream QoS (Quality of Service)
2×2:2 Compliant With IEEE 802.11e Standard
SU-MIMO WMM
Two (2) spatial streams Single User SU-MIMO for up to SNMP
574 Mbps wireless data rate with HE40 bandwidth to a v1, v2c, v3
2x2 wireless client device under the 2.4GHz radio. Two (2)
spatial stream Single User SU-MIMO for up to 867 Mbps MIB
wireless data rate with VHT80 to a 2x2 wireless device I/II, Private MIB
under the 5GHz radio.
Wireless Security
MU-MIMO
OWE
Two (2) spatial streams MU-MIMO up to 1,200 Mbps
WPA2 Personal
wireless data rate for transmitting to two (2) streams MU-
MIMO 11ax capable wireless client devices under 5GHz WPA3 Personal (SAE) - WPA3 Only
simultaneously. WPA3/WPA2 Personal Mixed
Two (2) spatial streams MU-MIMO up to 574 Mbps wireless
WPA2 Enterprise
data rate for transmitting to two (2) streams MU-MIMO
11ax capable wireless client devices under 2.4GHz WPA3 Enterprise Suite B
simultaneously. Hide SSID in Beacons
Supported Data Rates (Mbps): MAC Address Filtering, Up to 32 MACs per SSID
802.11ax: Wireless STA (Client) Connected List
2.4 GHz: 9 to 287 (MCS0 to MCS11, NSS = 1 to 2)
5 GHz: 18 to 1200 (MCS0 to MSC11, NSS = 1 to 2) SSH Tunnel
802.11b: 1, 2, 5.5, 11 Client Isolation
802.11a/g: 6, 9, 12, 18, 36, 48, 54 Environment & Physical Temperature Range
802.11n: 6.5 to 300 Mbps (MCS0 to MCS15) Operating: -4º~140ºF/-20ºC~60ºC
802.11ac: 6.5 to 867 Mbps (MCS0 to MCS9, NSS = 1 to 2) Storage: -40Fº~176ºF/-40ºC~80ºC
802.11b: 1,2,5.5,11 Humidity (non-condensing)
802.11a/g: 6, 9, 12, 18, 36, 48, 54 Operating: 90% or less
Channelization Storage: 90% or less
802.11ax supports high efficiency (HE) —HE 20/40/80 MHz Outdoor Rating: IP67-Rated Enclosure
802.11ac supports very high throughput (VHT) —VHT Dimensions & Weight
20/40/80 MHz Weight: 1.54 lbs. (0.7 kg)
802.11n supports high throughput (HT) —HT 20/40 MHz Length: 7.48” (190 mm)
802.11n supports very high throughput under the 2.4GHz Width: 4.07” (124 mm)
radio –VHT40 MHz (256-QAM) Height” 2.07” (52.5 mm)
802.11n/ac/ax packet aggregation: A-MPDU, A-SPDU Package Contents
Supported Modulation 1 – ECW260 Cloud Managed Outdoor Access Point
802.11ax: BPSK, QPSK, 16-QAM, 64-QAM, 256-QAM, 1024- 1 - Pole-Mounting Brackets
QAM
1 - Wall-Mount Screw Set
802.11ac: BPSK, QPSK, 16-QAM, 64-QAM, 256-QAM
2 - 2.4GHz 5dBi SMA Antennas
802.11a/g/n: BPSK, QPSK, 16-QAM, 64-QAM
2 - 5GHz 5dBi SMA Antennas
Management
1 - Quick Installation Guide
Multiple BSSID
Certifications
8 SSIDs on both 2.4GHz and 5GHz radios.
FCC,CE, IC
VLAN Tagging
Warranty
Supports 802.1q SSID-to-VLAN Tagging
2 Year

Product Images Plug & Play with Zero Configuration
Scan & Go
Mounting Holes
Detachable Antenna
(SMA Type)
Top Cover
(UL Certified Plastic)
LED Indicaters
2.5 Gigabit 802.3at PoE+ Port

Radio Patterns
2.4 GHz: E-Plane 5 GHz: E-Plane
2.4 GHz: H-Plane 5 GHz: H-Plane
EnGenius Technologies | 1580 Scenic Ave. Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Maximum data rates are based on IEEE 802.11 standards. Actual throughput and range may vary
depending on distance between devices or traffic and bandwidth load in the network.
Email: partners@engeniustech.com | Website: engeniustech.com Features and specifications subject to change without notice. Trademarks and registered
trademarks are the property of their respective owners. For United States of America: Copyright
Version: 06/2023 ©2023 EnGenius Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.
Catalogue of
Speaker
Outdoor Waterproof Column Speaker
DSP255SII Waterproof Column Speaker
Features
 Outdoor design, waterproof unit, suit for outdoor and indoor.
 Small and elegant appearance, suit for all kind of decoration place.
 With 3 "Gray polypropylene drum paper full frequency cone-type
bass unit and 2" treble unit combination, frequency response wide,
bass level clear, treble clear and bright.
 With power tap, independently adjustable, multiple choices of
input mode.
 Solid aluminum alloy box, not easy to deformation and rust.
 E type pure copper wire audio transformer to ensure fidelity of
audio output.
 Equipped with multifunctional mounting bracket, convenient
installation
Description
The speaker DSP255SII is made o f aluminum alloy housing, with a fine, with surface UV
Antiultraviolet paint treatment, with a strong textured appearance and capable of providing
professional levels.
The sound performance can meet the demanding requirements of the site.
Specification
Model DSP255SⅡ DSP455SⅡ
Speaker unit 3"×2, 1"×1 3"×4, 2"×1
Rated power（RMS） 30W 60W
Freq.Response 20Hz-20kHz 20Hz-20kHz
Sensitivity （1m,1W） 87±3dB 89±3dB
Max SPL（1m） 102±3dB 107±3dB
Dimension（L×W×H） 376×109×102mm 606×109×102mm
Net weight 3kg 4kg
DSP255SII Vertical directivity pattern DSP255SII Horizontal directivity pattern
DSP455SII Vertical directivity pattern DSP455SII Horizontal directivity pattern
DSP255SII Freq. Response DSP455SII Freq. Response
DSP255SII Distortion DSP455SII Distortion

Catalogue of
CCTV Camera
Smart Devices Configuration Table – CCTV
iDS-2CD7546G0-IZHS(Y)
1/1.8" Progressive Scan CMOS
Low-level lighting mode, Color: 0.0005 Lux @ (F1.2,
AGC ON); B/W: 0.0001 Lux @ (F1.2, AGC ON), 0 Lux
with IR
Video Compression H.265+
2560 × 1440 Max. Resolution, main stream 30fps
Video bitrate up to 16384 Kbps
3 axis on-site adjustment
API ONVIF
Multiprotocol HTTP, HTTPS, PPPoE, SMTP

iDS-2CD7546G0-IZHS(Y)
4 MP IR Varifocal Dome Network Camera
 High quality imaging with 4 MP resolution

 Excellent low-light performance via DarkFighter technology
 Clear imaging against strong back light due to 140 dB WDR
technology
 Efficient H.265+ compression technology to save
bandwidth and storage
 5 streams to meet a wide variety of applications
 Water and dust resistant (IP67) and vandal proof (IK10)
 Anti-IR reflection bubble guarantees image quality

Function
Face Recognition
With embedded deep learning based algorithms, the camera is able to give the best shot of a target face through detecting,
capturing, grading and selecting. The camera uses face exposure function to dynamically adjust face area exposure of
captures and ensures high face picture quality.
Perimeter Protection
With embedded deep learning based target detection and classification algorithms, the camera carries out the duty of
perimeter protection, monitoring the actions of line crossing, intrusion, region entrance, and region exiting. The algorithms
greatly filter out the mistaken alarm caused by the interference of leafs, lights, animal, flag, etc.
Multi-Target-Type Detection
With the embedded deep learning algorithms, the camera detects and captures the face, human body, vehicle in the
specified region.
Queue Management
With embedded deep learning based algorithms, the camera detects queuing-up people number and waiting time of each
person. It can generate reports to compare the efficiency of different queuing-ups and display the changing status of one
queue, and supports raw data export for further analysis.
Regional People Counting
With the embedded deep learning algorithms, the camera supports people density detection and will upload detection data
through scheduled uploading, number of people change uploading and congestion level uploading. It also supports number
of people exception detection and waiting time exception detection.
On/Off Duty Detection
With the embedded deep learning algorithms, the camera supports absence detection and on/off duty detection. It can
detect the on/off duty status and people number changes in a predefined area.
Heat Map
The camera can generate a graphic description of visits (by calculating amount of people or amount of dwell time) in a
configured area.
People Counting
With the embedded deep learning algorithms, the camera integrates multiple intelligences. It counts persons and reports a
face alarm simultaneously to achieve both the entrance control and people counting.
Hard Hat Detection
With the embedded deep learning algorithms, the camera detects the persons in the specified region. It detects whether the
person is wearing a hard hat, and reports an alarm if not.

Specification
Camera
Image Sensor 1/1.8" Progressive Scan CMOS
Max. Resolution 2560 × 1440
Min. Illumination Color: 0.0005 Lux @ (F1.2, AGC ON); B/W: 0.0001 Lux @ (F1.2, AGC ON), 0 Lux with IR
Shutter Time 1 s to 1/100,000 s
IR cut filter
Day & Night
Blue glass module to reduce ghost phenomenon
Angle Adjustment Pan: 0° to 355°, tilt: 0° to 75°, rotate: 0° to 355°
Lens
2.8 to 12 mm, horizontal FOV: 114.5° to 41.8°, vertical FOV: 59.3° to 23.6°, diagonal
FOV: 141.1° to 48°
Focal Length & FOV
8 to 32 mm, horizontal FOV: 42.5° to 15.1°, vertical FOV: 23.3° to 8.64°, diagonal FOV:
49.6° to 17.3°
Focus Auto, semi-auto, manual
Iris Type P-iris
2.8 to 12 mm: F1.2 to F2.5
Aperture
8 to 32 mm: F1.7 to F1.73
DORI
Wide:
2.8 to 12 mm: D: 60 m, O: 23.8 m, R: 12 m, I: 6 m
8 to 32 mm: 150.3 m, O: 59.7 m, R: 30.1 m, I: 15 m
DORI
Tele:
2.8 to 12 mm: D: 149 m, O: 59.1 m, R: 29.8 m, I: 14.9 m
8 to 32 mm: D: 400 m, O: 158.7 m, R: 80 m, I: 40 m
Illuminator
IR Wavelength 850 nm
Smart Supplement Light Yes
2.8 to 12 mm: 30 m
Supplement Light Range
8 to 32 mm: 50 m
Supplement Light Type IR
AI Open Platform
Up to 4 models,
Model Specification Model type: detection model, classification model, mixed model (detection model and
classification model)
Video
50 Hz: 50 fps (2560 × 1440, 1920 × 1080, 1280 × 720)
Main Stream
60 Hz: 60 fps (2560 × 1440, 1920 × 1080, 1280 × 720)
50 Hz: 25 fps (704 × 480, 640 × 480)
Sub-Stream
60 Hz: 30 fps (704 × 480, 640 × 480)
50 Hz: 25 fps (1920 × 1080, 1280 × 720, 704 × 480, 640 × 480)
Third Stream
60 Hz: 30 fps (1920 × 1080, 1280 × 720, 704 × 480, 640 × 480)
50 Hz: 25 fps (704 × 480, 640 × 480)
Fourth Stream
60 Hz: 30 fps (704 × 480, 640 × 480)
50 Hz: 25 fps (704 × 480, 640 × 480)
Fifth Stream
60 Hz: 30 fps (704 × 480, 640 × 480)
Main stream: H.265+/H.265/H.264+/H.264,
Sub-stream: H.265/H.264/MJPEG,
Video Compression Third stream: H.265/H.264,
Fourth stream: H.265/H.264/MJPEG,
Fifth stream: H.265/H.264/MJPEG
Video Bit Rate 32 Kbps to 16 Mbps
H.264 Type Baseline Profile/Main Profile/High Profile
H.265 Type Main Profile
Bit Rate Control CBR/VBR
Scalable Video Coding (SVC) H.264 and H.265 encoding
Region of Interest (ROI) 4 fixed region(s) for each stream
Target Cropping Yes
Audio
64 Kbps (G.711ulaw/G.711alaw)/16 Kbps (G.722.1)/16 Kbps (G.726)/32 to 192 Kbps
Audio Bit Rate
(MP2L2)/8 to 320 Kbps (MP3)/16 to 64 Kbps (AAC-LC)
Audio Compression G.711/G.722.1/G.726/MP2L2/PCM/MP3/AAC-LC
Audio Sampling Rate 8 kHz/16 kHz/32 kHz/44.1 kHZ/48 kHz
Audio Type Mono sound
Environment Noise Filtering Yes
Network
API Open Network Video Interface (PROFILE S, PROFILE G, PROFILE T), ISAPI, SDK, ISUP
TCP/IP, ICMP, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, SFTP, SRTP, DHCP, DNS, DDNS, RTP, RTSP, RTCP,
Protocols
PPPoE, NTP,UPnP, SMTP, SNMP, IGMP, 802.1X, QoS, IPv6, UDP, Bonjour, SSL/TLS
Password protection, complicated password, HTTPS encryption, 802.1X authentication
(EAP-TLS, EAP-LEAP, EAP-MD5), watermark, IP address filter, basic and digest
Security authentication for HTTP/HTTPS, WSSE and digest authentication for Open Network
Video Interface, RTP/RTSP OVER HTTPS, Control Timeout Settings, Security Audit Log,
TLS 1.2
Simultaneous Live View Up to 20 channels
Plug-in required live view: IE9+, Chrome 41.0 to 44, Firefox 30.0 to 51, Safari 8.0 to 11
Web Browser Plug-in free live view: Chrome 45.0+, Firefox 52.0+
Not recommended: Safari 11+, Edge
Client iVMS-4200, Hik-Connect
NAS (NFS, SMB/CIFS), auto network replenishment (ANR)
Network Storage Together with high-end Hikvision memory card, memory card encryption and health
detection are supported.
Up to 32 users
User/Host
3 user levels: administrator, operator, and user
Image
Image Parameters Switch Yes
Saturation, brightness, contrast, sharpness, white balance, and AGC adjustable by
Image Settings
client software or web browser
Day/Night Switch Day, Night, Auto, Schedule, Alarm Trigger
Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) 140 dB
SNR ≥ 52 dB
Image Enhancement BLC, HLC, Defog, 3D DNR
Privacy Mask 8 programmable polygon privacy masks, mask color or mosaic configurable
Image Stabilization EIS
Picture Overlay LOGO picture can be overlaid on video with 128 × 128 24bit bmp format
Interface
Video Output 1 Vp-p Composite Output (75 Ω/CVBS) (Only for debugging)
Ethernet Interface 1 RJ45 10 M/100 M/1000 M self-adaptive Ethernet port
On-Board Storage Built-in memory card slot, support microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC card, up to 1 TB
Audio 1 input (line in), 1 output (line out), 3.5 mm connector,2 built-in microphones
Alarm 1 input, 1 output (max. 24 VDC, 1 A)
RS-485 With -Y: 1 RS-485 (half duplex, HIKVISION, Pelco-P, Pelco-D, self-adaptive)
Reset Key Yes
Power Output 12 VDC, max. 100 mA
Event
Motion detection, video tampering alarm, exception (network disconnected, IP
Basic Event address conflict, illegal login, abnormal reboot, HDD full, HDD error), video quality
diagnosis, vibration detection
Line crossing detection, intrusion detection, region entrance detection, region exiting
Smart Event
detection, audio exception detection, scene change detection, defocus detection
Upload to FTP/NAS/memory card, notify surveillance center, send email, trigger alarm
Linkage
output, trigger recording, trigger capture, audible warning
Deep Learning Function
Supports simultaneous detection and capture of human body, face and vehicle
Multi-target-type Detection
Gets 7 face features, 13 human body features and 2 vehicle features
1. Detects up to 60 faces simultaneously
Face Capture 2. Supports swing left and right from -60° to 60°, tilt up and down from -30° to 30°
3. Uploads face with background and closed-up face pictures
Up to 10 face libraries. Up to 30,000 faces for each library. 150,000 faces in total.
Face Comparison
Supports face library encryption
Line crossing, intrusion, region entrance, region exiting
Perimeter Protection
Support alarm triggering by specified target types (human and vehicle)
A graphic description of visits (by calculating amount of people or amount of dwell
Heat Map time) in a configured area.,
Two report types are available, space heat map and time heat map line chart.
Supports up to 8 detection regions, and independent arming schedule and linkage
method
Supports 2 detection modes: regional people queuing-up, waiting time detection
Generates reports to compare the efficiency of different queuing-ups and display the
changing status of one queue
Queue Management Supports raw data export for further analysis.
Supports real-time data uploading and scheduled data uploading
Regional people queuing-up: supports 4 alarm trigger conditions, including greater
than threshold, less than threshold, equal to threshold, not equal to threshold
Waiting time detection: supports 1 alarm trigger condition, including greater than
threshold
Supports crossline people counting.,
Supports counting, displaying and exporting the people flow data of entering and
exiting. (The data is stored in the flash.),
People Counting The real-time people flow data is displayed on the screen. ,
Supports swing left and right from -60° to 60°, tilt up and down from -30° to 30°.,
Uploads face with background and closed-up face picture.,
Supports real-time uploading and uploading by statistic cycle
Detects up to 30 human targets simultaneously
Hard Hat Detection
Supports up to 4 shield regions
Intrusion detection,line crossing detection,region entrance detection,region exiting
Metadata
detection,face capture,multi-target-type detection
method
Supports 3 detection modes: people density detection, number of people exception
detection, waiting time exception detection
Supports parameter settings: alarm times per exception, alarm interval, first alarm
delay
Supports searching real-time number of people
People density detection: supports scheduled uploading, number of people change
Regional People Counting
uploading, congestion level uploading
Number of people exception detection: supports 6 alarm trigger conditions, including
greater than threshold A, less than threshold A, equal to threshold A, not equal to
threshold A, greater than threshold A and less than threshold B, less than threshold A
or greater than threshold B (threshold A should be less than threshold B)
Waiting time exception detection: supports 3 alarm trigger conditions, including
greater than threshold A, less than threshold A, greater than threshold A and less than
threshold B (threshold A should be less than threshold B)
method
On/Off Duty Detection
Supports 2 detection modes: absence detection, on/off duty detection
Supports parameter settings: person on duty, absence duration
General
With –Y:
12 VDC ± 20%, 1.23 A, max. 14.7 W, three-core terminal block;
24 VAC ± 20%, 0.91 A, max. 13.7 W, three-core terminal block;
PoE: 802.3at, Type 2, Class 4, 42.5 V to 57 V, 0.27 A to 0.36A, max. 15.0 W
Power
Without –Y:
12 VDC ± 20%, 1.23 A, max. 14.7 W, two-core terminal block;
24 VAC ± 20%, 0.91 A, max. 13.7 W, two-core terminal block;
PoE: 802.3at, Type 2, Class 4, 42.5 V to 57 V, 0.27 A to 0.36A, max. 15.0 W
Material Aluminum alloy body
Dimension Ø162 × 141.8 mm (Ø6.4" × 5.6")
Package Dimension 251 × 215 × 189 mm (9.9" × 8.5" × 7.4")
Without -Y: approx. 1490 g (3.28 lb.)
Weight
With -Y: approx. 1565 g (3.45 lb.)
Without -Y: approx. 2435 g (5.37 lb.)
With Package Weight
With -Y: approx. 2295 g (5.06 lb.)
Storage Conditions -30 °C to 60 °C (-22 °F to 140 °F). Humidity 95% or less (non-condensing)
Startup and Operating
-40 °C to 60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F). Humidity 95% or less (non-condensing)
Conditions
33 languages: English, Russian, Estonian, Bulgarian, Hungarian, Greek, German, Italian,
Czech, Slovak, French, Polish, Dutch, Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, Danish, Swedish,
Language
Norwegian, Finnish, Croatian, Slovenian, Serbian, Turkish, Korean, Traditional Chinese,
Thai, Vietnamese, Japanese, Latvian, Lithuanian, Portuguese (Brazil), Ukrainian
Heartbeat, mirror, password protection, watermark, privacy mask, IP address filter,
General Function
one-key reset, five streams
Heater Yes
Approval
FCC (47 CFR Part 15, Subpart B);
CE-EMC (EN 55032: 2015, EN 61000-3-2:2019, EN 61000-3-3:2013+A1:2019, EN 50130-
4: 2011 +A1: 2014);
EMC
RCM (AS/NZS CISPR 32: 2015);
IC (ICES-003: Issue 7);
KC (KN 32: 2015, KN 35: 2015)
UL (UL 62368-1);
CB (IEC 62368-1:2014+A11);
Safety CE-LVD (EN 62368-1:2014/A11:2017);
BIS (IS 13252(Part 1):2010/IEC 60950-1 : 2005);
LOA (IEC/EN 60950-1)
CE-RoHS (2011/65/EU);
Environment WEEE (2012/19/EU);
Reach (Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006)
Protection IK10 (IEC 62262:2002), IP67 (IEC 60529-2013)
Anti-Corrosion Protection With -Y: NEMA 4X (NEMA 250-2018)
Automotive and Railway EN50121-4
Other PVC FREE

Available Model
iDS-2CD7546G0-IZHS (2.8 to 12 mm, 8 to 32 mm)
iDS-2CD7546G0-IZHSY (2.8 to 12 mm, 8 to 32 mm)

Typical Application
Hikvision products are classified into three levels according to their anti-corrosion performance. Refer to the following
description to choose for your using environment.
-Y model: This model has MODERATE PROTECTION.

Without -Y model: This model has NO SPECIFIC PROTECTION.
Level Description
Top-level protection Hikvision products at this level are equipped for use in areas where professional anti-
corrosion protection is a must. Typical application scenarios include coastlines, docks,
chemical plants, and more.
Moderate protection Hikvision products at this level are equipped for use in areas with moderate anti-corrosion
demands. Typical application scenarios include coastal areas about 2 kilometers (1.24 miles)
away from coastlines, as well as areas affected by acid rain.
No specific protection Hikvision products at this level are equipped for use in areas where no specific anti-corrosion
protection is needed.

Dimension

Accessory
 Optional
DS-1471ZJ-155 DS-1473ZJ-155 DS-1476ZJ-SUS DS-1227ZJ-DM42 DS-1471ZJ-155-Y
Pendant Mount Wall Mount Corner Mount In-Ceiling Mount Pendant Mount
DS-1473ZJ-155B DS-1473ZJ-155-Y DS-1475ZJ-SUS DS-1476ZJ-Y DS-1475ZJ-Y

Wall Mount Wall Mount Vertical Pole Mount Corner Mount Vertical Pole Mount
Catalogue of
Media Converter
Catalogue of
Media Converter
DC Adaptor
185W Single Output Switching Power Supply HEP-185 series
IP65 IP68 
UL62368-1 TPTC004 IEC62368-1
■  ■ 
‧ ‧
‧ ‧
‧ ‧
‧
‧℃
‧
‧
‧
‧
‧

‧
‧
■ 



℃℃

■ 
     
{
I
 




File Name:HEP-185-SPEC 2020-06-12

SPECIFICATION
MODEL HEP-185-12 HEP-185-15 HEP-185-24 HEP-185-36 HEP-185-48 HEP-185-54
DC VOLTAGE 12V 15V 24V 36V 48V 54V
RATED CURRENT 13A 11.5A 7.8A 5.2A 3.9A 3.45A
RATED POWER 156W 172W 187.2W 187.2W 187.2W 186.3W
RIPPLE & NOISE (max.) Note.2 150mVp-p 150mVp-p 150mVp-p 200mVp-p 200mVp-p 200mVp-p
VOLTAGE ADJ. RANGE Note.5 10.8 ~ 13.5V 13.5 ~ 17V 22 ~ 27V 33 ~ 40V 43 ~ 53V 49 ~ 58V
Can be adjusted by internal potentiometer for A type only
OUTPUT CURRENT ADJ. RANGE
6.5 ~ 13A 5.75 ~ 11.5A 3.9 ~ 7.8A 2.6 ~ 5.2A 1.95 ~ 3.9A 1.72 ~ 3.45A
VOLTAGE TOLERANCE Note.3 ±2.5% ±2.0% ±1.0% ±1.0% ±1.0% ±1.0%
LINE REGULATION ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
LOAD REGULATION ±2.0% ±1.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5%
SETUP, RISE TIME Note.7 1000ms,50ms/115VAC 500ms,50ms/230VAC at full load
HOLD UP TIME (Typ.) 16ms at full load 230VAC /115VAC
VOLTAGE RANGE Note.4 85~264VAC (277VAC operational) 120~370VDC(390VDC operational)
FREQUENCY RANGE 47 ~ 63Hz
POWER FACTOR (Typ.) PF>0.98/115VAC, PF>0.95/230VAC, PF>0.92/277VAC at full load
EFFICIENCY (Typ.) 91.5% 92% 93.5% 93.5% 94% 94%
INPUT
AC CURRENT 12V 1.8A / 115VAC 0.8A / 230VAC 0.7A / 277VAC
(Typ.) 15V ~ 54V 2.1A / 115VAC 1A / 230VAC 0.8A / 277VAC
INRUSH CURRENT(Typ.) COLD START 65A at 230VAC
LEAKAGE CURRENT <0.75mA / 277VAC
105 ~ 125%
OVERLOAD
Protection type : Constant current limiting, recovers automatically after fault condition is removed
SHORT CIRCUIT Constant current limiting, recovers automatically after fault condition is removed
PROTECTION
14 ~ 17V 18 ~ 21V 28 ~ 34V 41 ~ 46V 54 ~ 63V 59 ~ 65V
OVER VOLTAGE
Protection type : Shut down o/p voltage with auto-recovery or re-power on to recovery
OVER TEMPERATURE Shut down o/p voltage, recovers automatically after temperature goes down
WORKING TEMP. -55 ~ +70℃ (Refer to "Derating Curve")
WORKING HUMIDITY 20 ~ 95% RH non-condensing
ENVIRONMENT STORAGE TEMP., HUMIDITY -60 ~ +80℃, 10 ~ 95% RH non-condensing
TEMP. COEFFICIENT ±0.03%/℃ (0 ~ 60℃)
VIBRATION 20 ~ 500Hz, 10G 12min./1cycle, period for 72min. each along X, Y, Z axes
SAFETY STANDARDS Note.6,9 UL62368-1, IEC/EN62368-1, IP65 (or IP68 for HEP-185 Blank type), EAC TP TC 004 approved ;
WITHSTAND VOLTAGE I/P-O/P:3.75KVAC I/P-FG:2KVAC O/P-FG:1.5KVAC
SAFETY &
ISOLATION RESISTANCE I/P-O/P, I/P-FG, O/P-FG:100M Ohms / 500VDC / 25℃/ 70% RH
EMC
EMC EMISSION Compliance to EN55032 (CISPR32) Class B, EN61000-3-2,-3, EAC TP TC 020
EMC IMMUNITY Compliance to EN61000-4-2,3,4,5,6,8,11, EN55024, light industry level (surge 6KV), criteria A, EAC TP TC 020
MTBF 164.1K hrs min. MIL-HDBK-217F (25℃)
OTHERS DIMENSION 228*68*38.8mm (L*W*H)
PACKING 1.15Kg; 12pcs/14.8Kg/0.8CUFT
NOTE ℃










℃℃

Block Diagram
Fosc : 100KHz
EMI FILTER PFC POWER RECTIFIERS +V

I/P & SWITCHING &
CIRCUIT -V
RECTIFIERS FILTER
O.L.P.
FG O.L.P. DETECTION
PFC PWM CIRCUIT
CONTROL CONTROL
O.T.P.
O.V.P.
Derating Curve Static Characteristics
100
100
90
80
80
60 70
LOAD (%)
60
LOAD (%)
40
50
20
40
-55 -25 -10 0 15 30 50 60 70 (HORIZONTAL)

90 100 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 200 230 305
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (℃) INPUT VOLTAGE (V) 60Hz

Mechanical Specification Case No.994D Unit:mm
A Type: HEP-185-_A(standard model)

228
12 204
9.6
9.4
Vo Io
300±20 ADJ. ADJ.
FG (Green/Yellow) T case
34.2
102 300±20
68
AC/L(Brown)
AC/N(Blue) SJTW 18AWG×3C -V(Black)
+V(Red)
34
9.4
SJTW 14AWG×2C
ψ4.2×4PL
※ T case: Max. Case Temperature.
38.8
※ IP65 rated. Output voltage and constant current level can be adjusted through internal potentiometer.
(Can access by removing the rubber stopper on the case.)
Blank: HEP-185(optional model)

228
12 204
9.6
9.4
300±20
FG (Green/Yellow) T case
34.2
102 300±20
68
AC/L(Brown)
AC/N(Blue) SJTW 18AWG×3C -V(Black)
+V(Red)
34
9.4
SJTW 14AWG×2C
ψ4.2×4PL
※ T case: Max. Case Temperature.
38.8
※IP68 rated. Cable for I/O connection.
Installation Manual
Please refer to : http://www.meanwell.com/manual.html

Material Submission
3. Test Certificate and Report for Smart Lamp Post
Test Certificate and
Report for
Luminaries
Ref. Certif. No.
NL-79912
IEC SYSTEM FOR MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF TEST CERTIFICATES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
(IECEE) CB SCHEME
page 1 of 2
Ref. Certif. No.
NL-79912
IEC SYSTEM FOR MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF TEST CERTIFICATES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
(IECEE) CB SCHEME
page 2 of 2
-
-
-
M )
Trade name(s): INTEC_LUX stands for
Model name: Saturn-X-A (A PCS B)-Y series
A stands for number of LED, it can be from “8” to “24”.
B stands for rated power, it can be from “10W” to “60W”.
X can be “D” or “T”;
It has two mechanical constructions. They are type D (with metal shield) and type T (without
metal shield).
Y stands for socket type, it can be “O” or ” N” or “Z”.
(O: No socket; N: NEMA socket; Z: Zhaga socket).
Test Report issued under the responsibility of:
TEST REPORT
IEC 60598-2-3
Luminaires
Part 2: Particular requirements
Section 3: Luminaires for road and street lighting
Report Number. .............................. : 6124718.50

Date of issue ................................... : 2022-03-24
Total number of pages .................. : 97 pages (include this page 1)
Name of Testing Laboratory DEKRA Testing and Certification (Shanghai) Ltd.

preparing the Report ...................... :
Applicant’s name ........................... : Ningbo Intec Lighting Co., Ltd.
Address ........................................... : Yuyao Economic Development Zone, 315400, Yuyao, Zhejiang,
China
Test specification:
Standard .......................................... : IEC 60598-2-3:2002, IEC 60598-2-3:2002/AMD1:2011 used in
conjunction with IEC 60598-1:2020
Test procedure ............................... : CB Scheme
Non-standard test method ............ : N/A
Test Report Form No. .................... : IECEE OD-2020-F1:2021, Ed.1.4
Test Report Form(s) Originator .... : IEC60598_2_3M
Master TRF ...................................... : Intertek Semko AB
Copyright © 2021 IEC System of Conformity Assessment Schemes for Electrotechnical
Equipment and Components (IECEE System). All rights reserved.
This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the
IECEE is acknowledged as copyright owner and source of the material. IECEE takes no responsibility
for and will not assume liability for damages resulting from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced
material due to its placement and context.
If this Test Report Form is used by non-IECEE members, the IECEE/IEC logo and the reference to the
CB Scheme procedure shall be removed.
This report is not valid as a CB Test Report unless signed by an approved IECEE Testing
Laboratory and appended to a CB Test Certificate issued by an NCB in accordance with IECEE 02.
General disclaimer:
The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval of the Issuing NCB. The
authenticity of this Test Report and its contents can be verified by contacting the NCB, responsible for this
Test Report.
Page 2 of 97 Report No. 6124718.50
Test item description ....................... : LED street light
Trade Mark ........................................ :
Manufacturer .................................... : Ningbo Intec Lighting Co., Ltd.

Yuyao Economic Development Zone, 315400, Yuyao, Zhejiang,
China
Model/Type reference ...................... : Saturn-X-A (APCS B)-Y series;
X stands for two different apperances, it can be “D” or “T”.
Y stands for socket type, it can be “O”,” N” “Z”.
(for details refer to annex model list)
Ratings .............................................. : 220 - 240 V~; 50 / 60 Hz; Max 60 W; Class I; ta: 40 °C; IP66
(for details refer to annex model list)
TRF No. IEC60598_2_3M

Responsible Testing Laboratory (as applicable), testing procedure and testing location(s):
CB Testing Laboratory: DEKRA Testing and Certification (Shanghai) Ltd.
Testing location/ address ............................. : 3/F, #250 Jiangchangsan Road, Building 16, Headquarter
Economy Park Shibei Hi-Tech Park, Jing’an District,
Shanghai, 200436, China
Tested by (name, function, signature) ........ : Vivian Wu
Approved by (name, function, signature) ... : Astro Ma
Testing procedure: CTF Stage 1:

Testing location/ address............................. :
Tested by (name, function, signature) ........ :
Approved by (name, function, signature) ... :

Testing location/ address............................. :
Tested by (name + signature) ...................... :
Witnessed by (name, function, signature) . :

Testing location/ address ............................. :
Tested by (name, function, signature) ........ :
Witnessed by (name, function, signature) . :
Supervised by (name, function, signature) :

List of Attachments (including a total number of pages in each attachment):
N/A
Summary of testing:
Tests performed (name of test and test clause): Testing location:
6042033.50 (Original report) DEKRA Testing and Certification (Shanghai) Ltd.

All applicable tests have been done in CBTL.
3F, #250 Jiangchangsan Road, Building 16,
6124718.50 (Amendment 1 report) Headquarter Economy Park Shibei Hi-Tech Park,
Jing’an District, Shanghai, 200436, China
Cl 3.5 (3) Marking
Cl 3.14 (10) Insulation resistance and electric strength
Cl 3.7 (11) Creepage distances and clearances
Cl 3.12 (12) Thermal test
Summary of compliance with National Differences:

List of countries addressed: European standards
EN 60598-1:2015+ A1: 2018

EN 60598-2-3:2003 + A1:2011
EN 62493:2015
Use of uncertainty of measurement for decisions on conformity (decision rule) :
No decision rule is specified by the IEC standard, when comparing the measurement result with the
applicable limit according to the specification in that standard. The decisions on conformity are made without
applying the measurement uncertainty (“simple acceptance” decision rule, previously known as “accuracy
method”).
Other:… (to be specified, for example when required by the standard or client, or if national accreditation
requirements apply)
Information on uncertainty of measurement:

The uncertainties of measurement are calculated by the laboratory based on application of criteria given by
OD-5014 for test equipment and application of test methods, decision sheets and operational procedures of
IECEE.
IEC Guide 115 provides guidance on the application of measurement uncertainty principles and applying the
decision rule when reporting test results within IECEE scheme, noting that the reporting of the measurement
uncertainty for measurements is not necessary unless required by the test standard or customer.
Calculations leading to the reported values are on file with the NCB and testing laboratory that conducted the
testing.

Copy of marking plate:

The artwork below may be only a draft. The use of certification marks on a product must be
authorized by the respective NCBs that own these marks.
On enclosure:
On metal enclosure near LED module:
Note:
1. The height of graphical symbols shall not be less than 5 mm. The height of letters and numerals
either shown separately or with or as part of symbols shall not be less than 2 mm.
2. The CE marking must have substantially the same vertical dimension, which may not be less than 5
mm.
3. The symbol combination of WEEE logo shall have a minimum height of 7 mm.
4. The minimum height of marking is 15 mm.
5. The manufacturer/importer/distributor and postal address of a single point of them shall be stated on
label/manual/packing.

Test item particulars...................................................: LED street light

Classification of installation and use.......................: Class I; Normal use; IP66
Supply Connection .....................................................: Terminal block
.......................................................................................:
Possible test case verdicts:
- test case does not apply to the test object ........... : N/A
- test object does meet the requirement.................. : P (Pass)
- test object does not meet the requirement ........... : F (Fail)
Testing.......................................................................... : --
Date of receipt of test item ........................................ : 2022-01-20
Date (s) of performance of tests ............................... : 2022-01-20 ~ 2022-03-18
General remarks:
The measurement result is considered in conformance with the requirement if it is within the prescribed limit,
It is not necessary to calculate the uncertainty associated with the measurement result, unless the
specification, standard or customer have special requirements.
The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested.
The information provided by the customer in this report may affect the validity of the results, the test lab is
not responsible for it.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval of the issuing testing
laboratory.
This report is not used for social proof function in China market.
"(See Enclosure #)" refers to additional information appended to the report.
"(See appended table)" refers to a table appended to the report.
Throughout this report a comma / point is used as the decimal separator.
Although not listed in the test report, the following standards were also taken into account:
The following standards were considered:

IEC 60598-1:2020
IEC 60598-2-3:2002 + A1:2011
EN 60598-1:2015+ A1: 2018
EN 60598-2-3:2003 + A1: 2011
EN 62493:2015
Manufacturer’s Declaration per sub-clause 4.2.5 of IECEE 02:
The application for obtaining a CB Test Certificate Yes
includes more than one factory location and a Not applicable
declaration from the Manufacturer stating that the
sample(s) submitted for evaluation is (are)
representative of the products from each factory has
been provided ............................................................... :
When differences exist; they shall be identified in the General product information section.

Name and address of factory (ies) .......................... : 1) Ningbo Intec Lighting Co., Ltd.
Yuyao Economic Development Zone, 315400,
Yuyao, Zhejiang, China
2) Eltam-Steinitz Lighting Industries A.C.S LTD

Kibbutz Ein Hashofet, 1923700, Israel
General product information:
6042033.50 (Original report)

All the products covered this report were designed for outdoor use and equipped with non-user
replaceable light source. The products are class I LED street luminaire. All products possess the same
mechanical and electrical construction except different metal shield, rating power and LED driver. The
primary and secondary of all the LED drivers are considered as at least basic insulation.
All the products were designed to have the following one of version for different application:
- Enclosure with metal shield

- Enclosure without metal shield
Besides, all the products have the following one of the following functions for different application:
- With NEMA socket and shorting cap

- With Zhaga socket and cap
- Without socket
Full test items were performed on model Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-N with LED driver named OT
100/120-277/800 2DIMLT2 P due to max rated power and NEMA socket.
And endurance test, IP66 test and thermal test were also performed on below models with
different LED driver:
- Model Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-Z with LED driver no. Xitanium Dim 65W 0.7A 1-10V 230V Y
due to different LED driver and Zhaga socket.
- Model Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-O with LED driver no.EBS-080S105DTE due to different LED
Driver.
- Model Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-O with LED driver no. LCA 60W 350-1050mA one4all C PRE OTD
due to different LED driver.
LED module was tested in appliance according to IEC 62031:2008+A1:2012+A2:2014 and EN 62031:
2008 + A1:2013 + A2:2015
The products were tested according to IEC 62471:2006; EN 62471:2008; IEC/TR 62778:2014 and
classified as RG1 (RG2 for module without lens). Refer to DEKRA test report 6042035.50P.
The products complied with EMF requirement according to EN 62493:2010 and EN 62493:2015. Refer to
DEKRA test report 6042034.10.
6124718.50 (Amendment 1 report)

The report is issue to supersede original test report Ref. No. 6042033.50, dated 2018-12-13 and ENEC
certificate no. 31-106723 dated 2018-12-13, CB certificate no. NL-55953 dated 2018-12-13 including the
following additions:
- New alternative LED drivers and components are added, which have been certified and listed in
annex 1 with bold letters, and delete some original alternative LED drivers.
- The standard IEC 60598-1: 2020 is taken into account.

- Add new factory name “Eltam-Steinitz Lighting Industries A.C.S LTD” and factory address “Kibbutz
Ein Hashofet, 1923700, Israel”.
After review, tests specified in “summary of testing” are performed on model no. Saturn-T-24 (24PCS
60W)-O with LED driver no. Xi FP 75W 0.3-1.0A SNLDAE 230V C133 sXt due to its maximum rated
power.
Additional thermal tests are performed on below models due to their different LED drivers:
- Model no. Saturn-T-24 (24PCS 60W)-O with LED driver no. IT DALI 75/220- 240/1A0 E
- Model no. Saturn-T-24 (24PCS 60W)-O with LED driver no. LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3
LED modules are tested in appliance according to IEC 62031:2018 and EN IEC 62031:2020.
The products are tested according to IEC/TR 62778:2014 and classified as RG1 (RG2 for module without
lens). Refer to DEKRA test report 6124719.50P.
The products are deemed to comply with EMF requirement according EN 62493:2015 without testing.

IEC 60598-2-3
Clause Requirement + Test Result - Remark Verdict
3.2 (0) GENERAL TEST REQUIREMENTS P

3.2 (0.3) More sections applicable ............................................ : Yes No æ
Section/s: --
3.2 (0.5) Components (see Annex 1) æ
3.2 (0.7) Information for luminaire design in light sources standards æ
3.2 (0.7.2) Light source safety standard ................................... : IEC/EN IEC 62031 æ
Luminaire design in the light source safety standard P
3.4 (2) CLASSIFICATION OF LUMINAIRES P

3.4 (2.2) Type of protection ....................................................... : Class I P
3.4 (2.3) Degree of protection .................................................... : IP66 P
3.4 (2.4) Luminaire suitable for direct mounting on normally Yes No æ
flammable surfaces .................................................. :
3.4 (2.5) Luminaire for normal use ........................................ : Yes No æ
Luminaire for rough service ..................................... : Yes No æ
3.4 (-) Modes of installation of road or street lighting æ
a) on a pipe Yes No æ
b) on a mast arm Yes No æ
c) on a post top Yes No æ
d) on span or suspension wires Yes No æ
e) on a wall Yes No æ
3.5 (3) MARKING P

3.5 (3.2) Mandatory markings P
Position of the marking P
Format of symbols/text P
3.5 (3.3) Additional information P
Language of instructions P
3.5 (3.3.1) Combination luminaires N/A
3.5 (3.3.2) Nominal frequency in Hz P
3.5 (3.3.3) Operating temperature N/A
3.5 (3.3.5) Wiring diagram P
3.5 (3.3.6) Special conditions N/A
3.5 (3.3.7) Metal halide lamp luminaire – warning N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
3.5 (3.3.8) Limitation for semi-luminaires N/A

3.5 (3.3.9) Power factor and supply current P
3.5 (3.3.10) Suitability for use indoors N/A
3.5 (3.3.11) Luminaires with remote control N/A
3.5 (3.3.12) Clip-mounted luminaire – warning N/A
3.5 (3.3.13) Specifications of protective shields N/A
3.5 (3.3.14) Symbol for nature of supply P
3.5 (3.3.15) Rated current of socket outlet N/A
3.5 (3.3.16) Rough service luminaire N/A
3.5 (3.3.17) Mounting instruction for type Y, type Z and some type N/A
X attachments
3.5 (3.3.18) Non-ordinary luminaires with PVC cable N/A
3.5 (3.3.19) Protective conductor current in instruction if applicable N/A
3.5 (3.3.20) Provided with information if not intended to be N/A
mounted within arm’s reach
3.5 (3.3.21) Non replaceable and non-user replaceable light non-user replaceable P
sources information provided
3.5 (3.3.22) Controllable luminaires, classification of insulation N/A
provided
3.5 (3.3.23) Luminaires without control gear provided with N/A
necessary information for selection of appropriate
component
3.5 (3.3.24) If not supplied with terminal block, information on the N/A
packaging
3.5 (3.3.25) Luminaires employing light sources emitting UV on N/A
mains wiring, information provided
3.5 (3.3.26) Wall mounted luminaire using external flexible cable or N/A
cord longer than 0.3 m, information provided
3.5 (3.4) Test with water P
Test with hexane P
Legible after test P
Label attached P
3.5 (-) Additional information in instruction leaflet P
a) Design attitude P
b) Weight P
c) Overall dimensions P
d) Maximum projected area if applicable P

IEC 60598-2-3
e) Cross-sectional area of wires if applicable P

f) Suitability for indoors use N/A
g) Dimensions of the compartment N/A
h) Torque setting to be applied to bolts or screws P
i) Maximum mounting height P
3.6 (4) CONSTRUCTION P

3.6 (4.2) Components replaceable without difficulty P
3.6 (4.3) Wireways smooth and free from sharp edges P
3.6 (4.4) Lampholders N/A
3.6 (4.4.1) Integral lampholder N/A
3.6 (4.4.2) Wiring connection N/A
3.6 (4.4.3) Lampholder for end-to-end mounting N/A
3.6 (4.4.4) Positioning N/A
- pressure test (N) ................................................... : —
After test the lampholder comply with relevant N/A
standard sheets and show no damage
After test on single-capped lampholder the N/A
lampholder have not moved from its position and
show no permanent deformation
- bending test (N) ..................................................... : —
After test the lampholder have not moved from its N/A
position and show no permanent deformation
3.6 (4.4.5) Peak pulse voltage N/A
3.6 (4.4.6) Centre contact N/A
3.6 (4.4.7) Parts in rough service luminaires resistant to tracking N/A
3.6 (4.4.8) Lamp connectors N/A
3.6 (4.4.9) Caps and bases correctly used N/A
3.6 (4.4.10) Light source for lampholder or connection according N/A
IEC 60061 not connected another way
3.6 (4.5) Starter holders N/A
Starter holder in luminaires other than class II N/A
Starter holder class II construction N/A
3.6 (4.6) Terminal blocks N/A
Tails N/A
Unsecured blocks N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
3.6 (4.7) Terminals and supply connections P

3.6 (4.7.1) Contact to metal parts N/A
3.6 (4.7.2) Test 8 mm live conductor P
Test 8 mm earth conductor P
3.6 (4.7.3) Terminals for supply conductors P
3.6 (4.7.3.1) Welded method and material N/A
- stranded or solid conductor N/A
- spot welding N/A
- welding between wires N/A
- Type Z attachment N/A
- mechanical test according to 15.6.2 N/A
- electrical test according to 15.6.3 N/A
- heat test according to 15.6.3.2.3 and 15.6.3.2.4 N/A
3.6 (4.7.4) Terminals other than supply connection P
3.6 (4.7.5) Heat-resistant wiring/sleeves N/A
3.6 (4.7.6) Multi-pole plug N/A
- test at 30 N N/A
3.6 (4.8) Switches N/A
- adequate rating N/A
- adequate fixing N/A
- polarized supply N/A
- compliance with IEC 61058-1 for electronic N/A
switches
3.6 (4.9) Insulating lining and sleeves N/A
3.6 (4.9.1) Retainment N/A
Method of fixing ........................................................ : N/A
3.6 (4.9.2) Insulated linings and sleeves: N/A
Resistant to a temperature > 20 "C to the wire N/A
temperature or
a) & c) Insulation resistance and electric strength N/A
b) Ageing test. Temperature ("C) ............................. : N/A
3.6 (4.10) Double or reinforced insulation N/A
3.6 (4.10.1) No contact, mounting surface – accessible metal N/A
parts – wiring of basic insulation
Safe installation fixed luminaires N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
Capacitors and switches N/A

3.6 (4.10.2) Assembly gaps: N/A
- not coincidental N/A
- no straight access with test probe N/A
3.6 (4.10.3) Retainment of insulation: N/A
- fixed N/A
- unable to be replaced; luminaire inoperative N/A
- sleeves retained in position N/A
- lining in lampholder N/A
3.6 (4.10.4) Protective impedance device N/A
Basic and supplementary insulation bridged by N/A
resistor(s) or appropriate capacitor
Double or reinforced insulation bridged by N/A
appropriate and at least two resistors or two Y2
capacitors or one Y1 capacitor
Capacitors comply with IEC 60384-14 N/A
Resistors comply with test (a) in 14.1 of N/A
IEC 60065
3.6 (4.11) Electrical connections and current-carrying parts P
3.6 (4.11.1) Contact pressure P
3.6 (4.11.2) Screws: P
- self-tapping screws P
- thread-cutting screws N/A
3.6 (4.11.3) Screw locking: P
- spring washer P
- rivets N/A
3.6 (4.11.4) Material of current-carrying parts P
3.6 (4.11.5) No contact to wood or mounting surface P
3.6 (4.11.6) Electro-mechanical contact systems N/A
3.6 (4.12) Screws and connections (mechanical) and glands P
3.6 (4.12.1) Screws not made of soft metal P
Screws of insulating material N/A
Torque test: torque (Nm); part .................................. : 1,2 Nm; screw fixing driver P
enclosure
Torque test: torque (Nm); part .................................. : 1,2 Nm; screw fixing earthing P
wire

IEC 60598-2-3
Torque test: torque (Nm); part .................................. : 1,2 Nm; screw fixing enclosure P
3.6 (4.12.2) Screws with diameter < 3 mm screwed into metal N/A
3.6 (4.12.4) Locked connections: N/A
- fixed arms; torque (Nm) ......................................... : N/A
- lampholder; torque (Nm) ........................................ : N/A
- push-button switches; torque 0,8 Nm .................... : N/A
3.6 (4.12.5) Screwed glands; force (Nm) ..................................... : 3,25 P
3.6 (4.13) Mechanical strength P
3.6 (4.13.1) Impact tests: P
- fragile parts; energy (Nm) ...................................... : Plastic cover; 0,7 P
- other parts; energy (Nm) ........................................ : Enclosure; 0,7 P
Plastic cover and enclosure;
IK10 (client’s requirement)
1) live parts P
2) linings N/A
3) protection P
4) covers N/A
3.6 (4.13.2) Metal parts have adequate mechanical strength P
3.6 (4.13.3) Straight test finger P
3.6 (4.13.4) Rough service luminaires N/A
- IP54 or higher N/A
a) fixed N/A
b) hand-held N/A
c) delivered with a stand N/A
d) for temporary installations and suitable for N/A
mounting on a stand
3.6 (4.13.6) Tumbling barrel N/A
3.6 (4.14) Suspensions, fixings and means of adjusting P
3.6 (4.14.1) Mechanical load: P
A) four times the weight P
B) torque 2,5 Nm P
C) bracket arm; bending moment (Nm).................... : N/A
D) load track-mounted luminaires N/A
E) clip-mounted luminaires, glass-shelve. Thickness N/A
(mm) ........................................................................ :

IEC 60598-2-3
Metal rod. diameter (mm) ........................................ : N/A

Fixed luminaire or independent control gear without N/A
fixing devices
3.6 (4.14.2) Load to flexible cables N/A
Mass (kg) ................................................................. : —
Stress in conductors (N/mm²) ................................. : N/A
Mass (kg) of semi-luminaire .................................... : N/A
Bending moment (Nm) of semi-luminaire ................ : N/A
3.6 (4.14.3) Adjusting devices: N/A
- flexing test; number of cycles ................................. : N/A
- strands broken ....................................................... : N/A
- electric strength test afterwards N/A
3.6 (4.14.4) Telescopic tubes: cords not fixed to tube; no strain on N/A
conductors
3.6 (4.14.5) Guide pulleys N/A
3.6 (4.14.6) Strain on socket-outlets N/A
3.6 (4.15) Flammable materials P
- glow-wire test 650"C .............................................. : See Test Table 3.15 (13.3.2) P
- spacing #30 mm N/A
- screen withstanding test of 13.3.1 N/A
- screen dimensions N/A
- no fiercely burning material P
- thermal protection N/A
- electronic circuits exempted N/A
3.6 (4.15.2) Luminaires made of thermoplastic material with lamp control gear P
a) construction P
b) temperature sensing control N/A
c) surface temperature N/A
3.6 (4.16) Luminaires for mounting on normally flammable surfaces P
No lamp control gear ................................................ : (compliance with Section 12) N/A
Provided with adaptor for a track meet the N/A
requirements for direct mounting on normally
flammable surfaces
3.6 (4.16.1) Lamp control gear spacing: N/A
- spacing 35 mm N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
- spacing 10 mm N/A
3.6 (4.16.2) Thermal protection: N/A
- in lamp control gear N/A
- external N/A
- fixed position N/A
- temperature marked lamp control gear N/A
3.6 (4.16.3) Design to satisfy the test of 12.6 (see clause 12.6) N/A
3.6 (4.17) Drain holes N/A
Clearance at least 5 mm N/A
3.6 (4.18) Resistance to corrosion P
3.6 (4.18.1) - rust-resistance N/A
3.6 (4.18.2) - season cracking in copper N/A
3.6 (4.18.3) - corrosion of aluminium P
3.6 (4.19) Ignitors compatible with ballast N/A
3.6 (4.20) Rough service vibration N/A
3.6 (4.21) Protective shield N/A
3.6 (4.21.1) Shield fitted if tungsten halogen lamps or metal N/A
halide lamps
Shield of glass if tungsten halogen lamps N/A
3.6 (4.21.2) Particles from a shattering lamp not impair safety N/A
3.6 (4.21.3) No direct path N/A
3.6 (4.21.4) Impact test on shield N/A
Glow-wire test on lamp compartment ....................... : See Test Table 3.15 (13.3.2) N/A
3.6 (4.22) Attachments to lamps not cause overheating or N/A
damage
3.6 (4.23) Semi-luminaires comply Class II N/A
3.6 (4.24) Photobiological hazards P
3.6 (4.24.1) No excessive UV radiation if tungsten halogen lamps N/A
and metal halide lamps (Annex P)
3.6 (4.24.2) Retinal blue light hazard P
Class of risk group assessed according to IEC/TR RG1 —
62778 ..................................................................... :
Luminaires with Ethr : N/A
a) Fixed luminaires N/A
- distance x m, borderline between RG1 and RG2 .. : N/A
- marking and instruction according 3.2.23 N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
b) Portable and handheld luminaires N/A

- marking according 3.2.23 if RG1 exceeded at 200 N/A
mm according to IEC/TR 62778
Portable luminaires for children IEC 60598-2-10 and
Mains socket outlet nightlights IEC 60598-2-12 not N/A
exceed RG1 at 200 mm according to IEC/62778
3.6 (4.25) Mechanical hazard P
No sharp point or edges P
3.6 (4.26) Short-circuit protection N/A
3.6 (4.26.1) Adequate means of uninsulated accessible SELV N/A
parts
3.6 (4.26.2) Short-circuit test with test chain according 4.26.3 N/A
Supply source ES1 PSE N/A
Test chain not melt through N/A
Test sample not exceed values of Table 12.1 and N/A
12.2
3.6 (4.27) Terminal blocks with integrated screwless earthing contacts N/A
Test according Annex V N/A
Pull test of terminal fixing (20 N) N/A
After test, resistance < 0,05 W N/A
Pull test of mechanical connection (50 N) N/A
After test, resistance < 0,05 W N/A
Voltage drop test, resistance < 0,05 W N/A
3.6 (4.28) Fixing of thermal sensing control N/A
Not plug-in or easily replaceable type N/A
Reliably kept in position N/A
No adhesive fixing if UV radiations from a lamp can N/A
degrade the fixing
Not outside the luminaire enclosure N/A
Test of adhesive fixing: N/A
Max. temperature on adhesive material ("C) .......... : —
100 cycles between t min and t max N/A
Temperature sensing control still in position N/A
3.6 (4.29) Luminaires with non-replaceable light source N/A
Not possible to replace light source N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
Live part not accessible after parts have been N/A

opened by hand or tools
3.6 (4.30) Luminaires with non-user replaceable light source P
If protective cover provide protection against electric shock and marked with “caution, P
electric shock risk” symbol:
At least one fixing means requiring use of tool P
3.6 (4.31) Insulation between circuits P
Circuits insulated from LV supply fulfil requirements P
according 4.31.1 – 4.31.3
Controllable luminaires requiring same level of N/A
insulation for all components, the insulation between
control terminals and LV supply fulfil requirements
according 4.31.1 – 4.31.3
3.6 (4.31.1) SELV or PELV circuits P
Used SELV/PELV source P
Voltage ≤ ELV P
Insulating of SELV/PELV circuits from LV supply P
Insulating of SELV/PELV circuits from other non N/A
SELV/PELV circuits
Insulating of SELV/PELV circuits from FELV N/A
Insulating of SELV/PELV circuits from other N/A
SELV/PELV circuits
SELV/PELV circuits insulated from accessible parts P
according Table X.1
Plugs not able to make any electrical contact with N/A
socket-outlets of other voltage systems
Socket outlets does not admit plugs of other voltage N/A
systems
Plugs and socket-outlets does not have protective N/A
conductor contact
3.6 (4.31.2) FELV circuits N/A
Used FELV source N/A
Voltage ≤ ELV N/A
Insulating of FELV circuits from LV supply N/A
FELV circuits insulated from accessible parts N/A
according Table X.1
Plugs not able to make any electrical contact with N/A
socket-outlets of other voltage systems

IEC 60598-2-3
Socket outlets does not admit plugs of other voltage N/A

systems
Socket-outlets does not have protective conductor N/A
contact
3.6 (4.31.3) Other circuits P
Other circuits insulated from accessible parts P
according Table X.1
Class II construction with equipotential bonding for protection against indirect contacts N/A
with live parts:
- conductive parts are connected together N/A
- test according 7.2.3 N/A
- conductive part not cause an electric shock in case N/A
of an insulation fault
- equipotential bonding in master/slave applications N/A
- master luminaire provided with terminal for N/A
accessible conductive parts of slave luminaires
- slave luminaire constructed as class I N/A
3.6 (4.32) Overvoltage protective devices P
Comply with IEC 61643-11 P
External to controlgear and connected to earth: P
- only in fixed luminaires P
- only connected to protective earth P
3.6 (4.33) Luminaire powered via information technology communication cabling N/A
Requirements for Class III luminaire N/A
Rated voltage within the range of ES1 and does not N/A
exceed maximum voltage of used connector
Luminaire does not create any hazard from (see Annex 2) N/A
overvoltage
3.6 (4.34) Electromagnetic fields (EMF) P
No harmful electromagnetic fields P
3.6 (4.35) Protection against moving fan blades N/A
Test with a standard test finger N/A
Test with test probe acc. to Figure 13 (IEC 61032) for N/A
portable luminaire
Blades rounded with radius ≥ 0.5 mm and: N/A
-hardness less than D60 Shore N/A
-peripheral speed less than 15 m/s N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
-input power of fan £ 2 W at rated voltage N/A

3.6 (4.36) Track-mounted luminaires N/A
Test in accordance with Annex A of N/A
IEC60570:2003/AMD2:2019
3.6.1 (-) At least IP X3 or X5 respectively. IP ……………...: IP66 P
Column-integrated luminaires: N/A
- parts below 2,5 m. IP .........................................: N/A
- parts above 2,5 m. IP .........................................: N/A
3.6.2 (-) Suspension on span wires N/A
3.6.3 (-) Means for attaching the luminaire or external parts to N/A
its support appropriate to the weight
3.6.3.1 (-) Static load test P
- drag coefficient ....................................................: 1,2 P
- loaded area (m²) ..................................................: 0,11 P
- used load (N) .......................................................: 164 P
- measured deformation (cm/m) ...........................: 0 P
- no rotation P
3.6.4 (-) Adjustable lampholders N/A
3.6.5 (-) Luminaires installed above 5 m, glass covers shall be: P
a) glass that fractures into small pieces (test P
according to 3.6.5.1), or
b) glass having a high impact shock resistance (test N/A
according to 3.6.5.2), or
c) protected by any means to retain glass fragments N/A
For tunnel luminaires 3.6.5.1 apply N/A
Method of protection declared by the manufacturer N/A
3.6.5.1 (-) Protection by the use of glass that fractures into small pieces N/A
- number of particles is more than 40....................: N/A
3.6.5.2 (-) Protection by the use of high impact resistant glass N/A
3.6.5.2.1 (-) Glass covers have high mechanical strength N/A
Test according IEC 62262 with test apparatus N/A
according IEC 60068-2-75 with impact energy of 5J
on preconditioned sample
3.6.5.2.2 (-) Glass covers not break into large pieces N/A
- test according 3.6.5.1, number of particles is more N/A
than 20 ..................................................................:
3.6.6 (-) Connection compartment of column-integrated luminaire N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
- provides adequate space N/A

- means for attachment N/A
- means for attachment of metal corrosion-resistant N/A
3.6.7 (-) Compliance with ISO standard or other ................: N/A
3.6.8 (-) Doors of column-integrated luminaires: N/A
- corrosion-resistant N/A
- opening only possible for an authorized person N/A
- impact test 5 Nm N/A
- sample show no damage N/A
3.6.9 (-) Column-integrated luminaire: N/A
- dimension of the cable entry slot (mm) ...............: N/A
- cable path from the slot to the connection N/A
compartment (mm) ...............................................:
- cable path free from obstruction that might cause N/A
abrasion of the cable
3.7 (11) CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES P

3.7 (11.2) Creepage distances and clearances ........................ : See Table 3.7 (11.2) P
Impulse withstand category (Normal category II) Category II Category III æ
(Category III Annex U, Table U.1)
Protected against pollution, reduced creepage and N/A
clearance according Annex P of IEC 61347-1
3.7 (11.2.2) Creepage distances for frequency up to 30 kHz See Test Table 3.7 (11.2) I P
Creepage distances for frequency over 30 kHz: N/A
- Controlgear marked with ÛOUT and fUOUT according See Test Table 3.7 (11.2) II N/A
IEC 61347-1, clause 7.1, item w
- Requirements according IEC 60664-4 for See Test Table 3.7 (11.2) II N/A
controlgear not covered by IEC 61347
3.7 (11.2.3) Clearances for frequency up to 30 kHz See Test Table 3.7 (11.2) I P
Clearances distances for frequency over 30 kHz: N/A
- Controlgear marked with UP See Test Table 3.7 (11.2) II N/A
- Requirements according IEC 60664-4 for See Test Table 3.7 (11.2) II N/A
controlgear not covered by IEC 61347
3.8 (7) PROVISION FOR EARTHING P

3.8 (7.2.1 Accessible metal parts P
+ 7.2.3)

IEC 60598-2-3
Metal parts in contact with supporting surface P

Resistance < 0,5 W ................................................... : 0,087 P
Self-tapping screws used P
Thread-forming screws N/A
Thread-forming screw used in a grove N/A
Protective earth makes contact first P
Terminal blocks with integrated screwless protective N/A
earthing contacts tested according Annex V
Protective earthing of the luminaire not via built-in P
control gear
3.8 (7.2.2 Protective earth continuity in joints, etc. N/A
+ 7.2.3)
3.8 (7.2.4) Locking of clamping means P
Compliance with 4.7.3 P
3.8 (7.2.5) Protective earth terminal integral part of connector N/A
socket
3.8 (7.2.6) Protective earth terminal adjacent to mains terminals P
3.8 (7.2.7) Electrolytic corrosion of the protective earth terminal P
3.8 (7.2.8) Material of protective earth terminal P
Contact surface bare metal P
3.8 (7.2.10) Class II luminaire for looping-in N/A
Double or reinforced insulation to functional earth N/A
3.8 (7.2.11) Protective earthing core coloured green-yellow P
Length of earth conductor N/A
3.8 (7.2.12) PELV circuit connected to protective earth for N/A
functional purpose
3.9 (14) SCREW TERMINALS N/A

Separately approved; component list (see Annex 1) N/A
Part of the luminaire (see Annex 3) N/A
3.9 (15) SCREWLESS TERMINALS AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS P

Separately approved; component list ....................... : (see Annex 1) P
Part of the luminaire ................................................. : (see Annex 4) N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
3.10 (5) EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL WIRING P

3.10 (5.2) Supply connection and external wiring P
3.10 (5.2.1) Means of connection ................................................ : Terminal block P
Outdoor luminaire has not PVC insulated external N/A
wiring if not Class III or SELV/PELV circuits ≤ 25 V
AC/60 V DC/25 V peak interrupted DC voltage with
frequency 10Hz -200 Hz or protected from outdoor
environment
3.10 (5.2.2) Type of cable ............................................................ : Suitable for cable of 60245 P
IEC57
Nominal cross-sectional area (mm²) ........................ : 3 x 1,5 P
Cables equal to IEC 60227 or IEC 60245 P
3.10 (5.2.3) Type of attachment, X, Y or Z N/A
3.10 (5.2.5) Type Z not connected to screws N/A
3.10 (5.2.6) Cable entries: P
- suitable for introduction P
- adequate degree of protection P
3.10 (5.2.7) Cable entries through rigid material have rounded P
edges
3.10 (5.2.8) Insulating bushings: N/A
- suitably fixed N/A
- material in bushings N/A
- material not likely to deteriorate N/A
- tubes or guards made of insulating material N/A
3.10 (5.2.9) Locking of screwed bushings N/A
3.10 Cord anchorage: P
(5.2.10)
- covering protected from abrasion P
- clear how to be effective P
- no mechanical or thermal stress P
- no tying of cables into knots etc. P
- insulating material or lining P
3.10 Cord anchorage for type X attachment: N/A
(5.2.10.1)
a) at least one part fixed N/A
b) types of cable N/A
c) no damaging of the cable N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
d) whole cable can be mounted N/A

e) no touching of clamping screws N/A
f) metal screw not directly on cable N/A
g) replacement without special tool N/A
Glands not used as anchorage N/A
Labyrinth type anchorages N/A
3.10 Adequate cord anchorage for type Y and type Z N/A
(5.2.10.2) attachment
3.10 Tests: P
(5.2.10.3)
- impossible to push cable; unsafe P
- pull test: 25 times; pull (N) ..................................... : 80 P
- torque test: torque (Nm) ......................................... : 0,35 P
- displacement £ 2 mm P
- no movement of conductors P
- no damage of cable or cord P
- function independent of electrical connection P
3.10 Luminaire with/designed for use with supply cord with maximum current of 2A: N/A
(5.2.10.4)
- Ordinary Class III luminaire supplied with SELV N/A
£ 25V RMS/60V DC
- Ordinary Class III luminaire supplied with PELV N/A
£12V RMS/30V DC
- Other than ordinary Class III luminaire supplied with N/A
voltage £12V RMS/30V DC
Pull test of 30N N/A
3.10 External wiring passing into luminaire N/A
(5.2.11)
3.10 Looping-in terminals N/A
(5.2.12)
3.10 Wire ends not tinned N/A
(5.2.13)
Wire ends tinned: no cold flow N/A
3.10 Mains plug same protection N/A
(5.2.14)
Class III luminaire plug N/A
No unsafe compatibility N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
3.10 Connectors for Class III luminaires (IEC 60603 or N/A

(5.2.15) IEC 62680)
3.10 Appliance inlets (IEC 60320) N/A
(5.2.16)
Installation couplers (IEC 61535) N/A
Appliance inlet or connector systems (IEC 61984) N/A
3.10 No standardized interconnecting cables properly N/A
(5.2.17) assembled
3.10 Used plug in accordance with N/A
(5.2.18)
- IEC 60083 N/A
- other standard N/A
3.10 (5.3) Internal wiring P
3.10 (5.3.1) Internal wiring of suitable size and type P
Through wiring N/A
- not delivered/ mounting instruction N/A
- factory assembled N/A
- socket outlet loaded (A) ......................................... : N/A
- temperatures .......................................................... : (see Annex 2) N/A
Green-yellow for protective earth only P
3.10 Internal wiring connected directly to fixed wiring P
(5.3.1.1)
Cross-sectional area (mm²) ...................................... : see annex 1 P
Insulation thickness N/A
Extra insulation added where necessary N/A
3.10 Internal wiring connected to fixed wiring via internal current-limiting device P
(5.3.1.2)
Cross-sectional area (mm²) ..................................... : see annex 1 P
3.10 Double or reinforced insulation for class II N/A
(5.3.1.3)
3.10 Conductors without insulation N/A
(5.3.1.4)
3.10 SELV/PELV current-carrying parts P
(5.3.1.5)
3.10 Insulation thickness other than PVC or rubber N/A
(5.3.1.6)
3.10 (5.3.2) Sharp edges etc. P
No moving parts of switches etc. N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
Joints, raising/lowering devices N/A

Telescopic tubes etc. N/A
No twisting over 360" N/A
3.10 (5.3.3) Insulating bushings: N/A
- suitable fixed N/A
- material in bushings N/A
- material not likely to deteriorate N/A
- cables with protective sheath N/A
3.10 (5.3.4) Joints and junctions effectively insulated N/A
3.10 (5.3.5) Strain on internal wiring P
3.10 (5.3.6) Wire carriers N/A
3.10 (5.3.7) Wire ends not tinned N/A
Wire ends tinned: no cold flow P
3.10 (5.4) Test to determine suitability of conductors having a reduced cross-sectional N/A
area
Under test the temperature of the luminaire wiring (see Annex 2) N/A
insulation not exceed the limits stated in Table 12.2
No damage to luminaire wiring after test N/A
3.10.1 (-) Cord anchorage if applicable P
- pull test: 25 times; pull (N) ..................................: 60 P
- torque test: torque (Nm) ......................................: 0,25 P
3.11 (8) PROTECTION AGAINST ELECTRIC SHOCK P

3.11 (8.2.1) Live parts not accessible P
Basic insulated parts not used on the outer surface P
without appropriate protection
Basic insulated parts not accessible with standard N/A
test finger on portable, settable and adjustable
luminaires
Basic insulated parts not accessible with Ø 50 mm N/A
probe from outside, other types of luminaires
Lamp and starterholders in portable and adjustable N/A
luminaires comply with double or reinforced
insulation requirements
Basic insulation only accessible under lamp or starter N/A
replacement
Protection in any position P

IEC 60598-2-3
Double-ended tungsten filament lamp N/A

Insulation lacquer not reliable P
Double-ended high pressure discharge lamp N/A
Relevant warning according to 3.2.18 fitted to the N/A
luminaire
3.11 (8.2.2) Portable luminaire adjusted in most unfavourable N/A
position
3.11 Class II luminaire: N/A
(8.2.3.a)
- basic insulated metal parts not accessible during N/A
starter or lamp replacement
- basic insulation not accessible other than during N/A
starter or lamp replacement
- glass protective shields not used as supplementary N/A
insulation
3.11 BC lamp holder of metal in class I luminaires shall be N/A
(8.2.3.b) connected to protective earth
3.11 SELV circuits with exposed current carrying parts: N/A
(8.2.3.c)
Ordinary luminaire: N/A
- voltage under load/ no-load AC (V)........................ : N/A
- voltage under load/ no-load DC (V)………………...: N/A
- interrupted DC voltage (V) ………………………….: N/A
- touch current if applicable (mA) ............................ : N/A
One conductive part insulated if required N/A
Other than ordinary luminaire: N/A
- interrupted DC voltage (V) ………………………….: N/A
Class III luminaire only for connection to SELV N/A
Class III luminaire not provided with means for N/A
protective earthing
3.11 PELV circuits with exposed current carrying parts: N/A
(8.2.3.d)
Ordinary luminaire: N/A
Other than ordinary luminaire: N/A

IEC 60598-2-3

One pole insulated if required N/A
3.11 (8.2.4) Portable luminaire have protection independent of N/A
supporting surface
3.11 (8.2.5) Compliance with the standard test finger or relevant P
probe
3.11 (8.2.6) Covers reliably secured P
3.11 (8.2.7) Luminaire other than below with capacitor > 0,5 mF P
not exceed 50 V 1 min after disconnection
Portable luminaire with capacitor > 0,1 mF (0.25) not N/A
exceed 34 V 1 s after disconnection
Other luminaires with capacitor > 0,1 mF (0.25) with N/A
plug and track adaptors not exceed 60 V 5 s after
disconnection
3.12 (12) ENDURANCE TEST AND THERMAL TEST P

3.12 (-) If IP > IP 20 relevant test of (12.4), (12.5), (12.6) and (12.7) after (9.2) before (9.3) as æ
specified in 3.13
3.12 (12.2) Selection of lamps and ballasts æ
Lamp used according Annex B (Lamp used see Annex 2) æ
Control gear if separate and not supplied (Control gear used see æ
Annex 2)
3.12 (12.3) Endurance test: P
a) mounting-position ................................................ : Normal mounting position æ
b) test temperature ("C) ........................................... : 50 æ
c) total duration (h) .................................................. : 240 æ
d) supply voltage (V) ................................................ : 264 V~ æ
d) if not equipped with control gear, constant -- æ
voltage/current (V) or (A) ......................................... :
3.12 d) Class III luminaires powered via information technology communication cable: N/A
(12.3.1d)
- voltage under normal operation (V)………………...: æ
- voltage under abnormal operation (V)……………..: æ
e) luminaire ceases to operate æ
f) luminaire with constant light output function N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
3.12 After endurance test: P

(12.3.2)
- no part unserviceable P
- luminaire not unsafe P
- no damage to track system N/A
- marking legible P
- no cracks, deformation etc. P
3.12 (12.4) Thermal test (normal operation) (see Annex 2) P
3.12 (12.5) Thermal test (abnormal operation) (see Annex 2) P
3.12 (12.6) Thermal test (failed lamp control gear condition): N/A
3.12 Through wiring or looping-in wiring loaded by a æ
(12.6.1) current of (A) ........................................................... :
- case of abnormal conditions .................................. : æ
- electronic lamp control gear N/A
- measured winding temperature ("C): at 1,1 Un .... : æ
- measured mounting surface temperature ("C) at N/A
1,1 Un ....................................................................... :
- calculated mounting surface temperature ("C) ..... : N/A
- track-mounted luminaires N/A
3.12 Temperature sensing control N/A
(12.6.2)
- thermal link N/A
- manual reset cut-out N/A
- auto reset cut-out N/A
- measured mounting surface temperature ("C) ...... : N/A
- track-mounted luminaires N/A
3.12 (12.7) Thermal test (failed lamp control gear in plastic luminaires): N/A
3.12 Luminaire without temperature sensing control N/A
(12.7.1)
3.12 Luminaire with fluorescent lamp ≤ 70W N/A
(12.7.1.1)
Test method 12.7.1.1 or Annex W .......................... : æ
Test according to 12.7.1.1: N/A
- Ballast failure at supply voltage (V) ....................... : æ

IEC 60598-2-3
- Components retained in place after the test N/A

- Test with standard test finger after the test N/A
Test according to Annex W: N/A
- measured winding temperature ("C): at 1,1 Un ..... : æ
- measured temperature of fixing point/exposed part æ
("C): at 1,1 Un .......................................................... :
- calculated temperature of fixing point/exposed part æ
("C) ........................................................................... :
Ball-pressure test ..................................................: See Table 3.15 (13.2.1) N/A
3.12 Luminaire with discharge lamp, fluorescent lamp > 70W, transformer > 10 VA N/A
(12.7.1.2)
- measured winding temperature ("C): at 1,1 Un ..... : æ
- measured temperature of fixing point/exposed part æ
("C): at 1,1 Un .......................................................... :
- calculated temperature of fixing point/exposed part æ
("C) ........................................................................... :
Ball-pressure test ..................................................... : See Table 3.15 (13.2.1) N/A
3.12 Luminaire with short circuit proof transformers N/A
(12.7.1.3) ≤ 10 VA
- Components retained in place after the test N/A
- Test with standard test finger after the test N/A
3.12 Luminaire with temperature sensing control N/A
(12.7.2)
- thermal link ............................................................. : Yes No æ
- manual reset cut-out .............................................. : Yes No æ
- auto reset cut-out ................................................... : Yes No æ
- highest measured temperature of fixing point/ æ
exposed part ("C): .................................................... :
Ball-pressure test: .................................................... : See Table 3.15 (13.2.1) N/A
3.12.1 (-) Temperature reduction if for outdoor use only P
3.12.2 (-) (See above) æ
3.12.3 (-) Glass covers used within the thermal limits declared P
by the glass manufacturer

IEC 60598-2-3
3.13 (9) RESISTANCE TO DUST AND MOISTURE P

3.13.1 (-) If IP > IP 20 the order of tests as specified in clause 3.12 P
3.13 (9.2) Tests for ingress of dust, solid objects and moisture: P
- classification according to IP .................................. : IP66 æ
- mounting position during test ................................. : Normal operate position æ
- fixing screws tightened; torque (Nm) ..................... : 1,2 x 2/3 æ
3,25 x 2/3
- tests according to clauses ...................................... : 9.2.2 & 9.2.7 æ
- electric strength test afterwards P
a) no deposit in dust-proof luminaire N/A
b) no talcum in dust-tight luminaire P
c) no trace of water on current-carrying parts or on P
insulation where it could become a hazard
c.1) For luminaires without drain holes – no water P
entry
c.2) For luminaires with drain holes – no hazardous N/A
water entry
d) no water in watertight, pressure watertight, high N/A
pressure and temperature water jet-proof or high
pressure and cold water jet-proof luminaire
e) no contact with live parts (IP 2X) N/A
e) no entry into enclosure (IP 3X and IP 4X) N/A
e) no contact with live parts through drain holes and N/A
ventilation slots (IP3X and IP4X)
f) no trace of water on part of lamp requiring N/A
protection from splashing water
g) no damage of protective shield or glass envelope N/A
3.13 (9.3) Humidity test 48 h P
3.14 (10) INSULATION RESISTANCE AND ELECTRIC STRENGTH P

3.14 Insulation resistance test P
(10.2.1)
Cable or cord covered by metal foil or replaced by a æ
metal rod of mm Ø ................................................... :
Insulation resistance (MW) ....................................... : æ
SELV/PELV: N/A
- between current-carrying parts of different polarity : N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
- between current-carrying parts and mounting N/A

surface ...................................................................... :
- between current-carrying parts and metal parts of N/A
the luminaire ............................................................. :
- between the outer surface of a flexible cord or cable N/A
where it is clamped in a cord anchorage and
accessible metal parts .............................................. :
- Insulation bushings as described in Section 5 ...... : N/A
Other than SELV/PELV: P
- between live parts of different polarity ................... : N/A
- between live parts and mounting surface .............. : >500MW between live parts and P
enclosure
- between live parts and metal parts ........................ : >500MW between live parts and P
enclosure
- between live parts of different polarity through N/A
action of a switch ...................................................... :
3.14 Electric strength test P
(10.2.2)
Dummy lamp N/A
Luminaires with ignitors after 24 h test N/A
Luminaires with manual ignitors N/A
Test voltage (V) ........................................................ : See below P
SELV/PELV: N/A
- between current-carrying parts of different polarity : N/A
- between current-carrying parts and mounting N/A
surface ...................................................................... :
- between current-carrying parts and metal parts of N/A
the luminaire ............................................................. :
Other than SELV/PELV: P
- between live parts of different polarity ................... : N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
- between live parts and mounting surface .............. : 1600V between live part and P
enclosure
- between live parts and metal parts ........................ : 1600V between live part and P
enclosure
- between live parts of different polarity through N/A
action of a switch ...................................................... :
3.14 (10.3) Touch current (mA).……………………………………: N/A
Protective conductor current (mA)...…………………: 0,1 P
3.15 (13) RESISTANCE TO HEAT, FIRE AND TRACKING P

3.15 Ball-pressure test ..................................................... : See Test Table 3.15 (13.2.1) P
(13.2.1)
3.15 Needle-flame test (10 s) ........................................... : See Test Table 3.15 (13.3.1) P
(13.3.1)
3.15 Glow-wire test (650"C) ............................................. : See Test Table 3.15 (13.3.2) P
(13.3.2)
3.15 (13.4) Proof tracking test (IEC 60112) ................................ : See Test Table 3.15 (13.4) P
3.7 (11.2) TABLE I: Creepage distances and clearances P

Minimum distances (mm) for a.c. up to 30 kHz sinusoidal voltages P
Applicable part of IEC 60598-1 Table 11.1.A*, 11.1.B* and 11.2* P
Insulation Measured Required Measured Required
type ** clearance creepage
clearance *Table creepage *Table
Distance 1: B >3 1,5 11.1.B >5 2,5 11.1.A
Working voltage (V) .......................................................................: 240 Vac æ
PTI .................................................................................................: < 600 > 600 æ
Pulse voltage or UP if applicable (kV) ...........................................: -- æ
Supplementary information: L to N on terminal block
Distance 2: B 4,0 1,5 11,1B 4,0 3,0 11,1A
Working voltage (V) .......................................................................: Uout=300 Vdc æ
PTI .................................................................................................: < 600 > 600 æ
Pulse voltage or UP if applicable (kV) ...........................................: -- æ
Supplementary information: Live parts on LED module to accessible parts

IEC 60598-2-3
Distance 3: -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Working voltage (V) .......................................................................: æ
PTI .................................................................................................: < 600 > 600 æ
Pulse voltage or UP if applicable (kV) ...........................................: æ
Supplementary information: --
** Insulation type: B – Basic; S – Supplementary; R – Reinforced. See also IEC 60598-1 Annex M.
3.7 (11.2) TABLE II: Creepage distances and clearances N/A

Minimum distances (mm) for a.c. higher than 30 kHz sinusoidal voltages
Applicable part of IEC 61347-1 Table 7 and 8* or IEC 60664-4 Table 1 and 2
Distances Insulation Measured Required Measured Required
Distance 1: -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Working voltage (V) .......................................................................: -- æ
Frequency if applicable (kHz) ........................................................: -- æ
PTI .................................................................................................: < 600 > 600 æ
Peak value of the working voltage Ûout if applicable (kV) .............: -- æ
Distance 2: -- -- -- -- -- -- --
PTI .................................................................................................: < 600 > 600 æ
Distance 3: -- -- -- -- -- -- --
PTI .................................................................................................: < 600 > 600 æ
** Insulation type: B – Basic; S – Supplementary; R – Reinforced.

IEC 60598-2-3
3.15 P
TABLE: Ball Pressure Test of Thermoplastics
(13.2.1)
Allowed impression diameter (mm) .................... : 2 æ
Object/ Part No./ Material Manufacturer/ Test temperature ("C) Impression diameter (mm)
trademark
Plastic cover see annex 1 75 0,7
Lens see annex 1 70+25 0,6
Connector on LED module see annex 1 125 1,1
NEMA socket see annex 1 125 0,5
Zhaga socket see annex 1 125 0,5
Shorting cap on NEMA socket see annex 1 125 0,7
Cover on zhaga socket see annex 1 125 0,9
3.15 P
TABLE: Needle-flame test
(13.3.1)
Object/ Part No./ Material Manufacturer/ Duration of Ignition of Duration of
trademark application of test specified layer burning (tb) Verdict
flame (ta); (s) Yes/No (s)
Connector on LED module see annex 1 10 No 0 P
NEMA socket see annex 1 10 No 0 P
Shorting cap on NEMA see annex 1 10 No 0 P
socket
Zhaga socket see annex 1 10 No 0 P
Cover on zhaga socket see annex 1 10 No 0 P
3.15 TABLE: Resistance to heat and fire - Glow wire tests P

(13.3.2)
Glow wire temperature ......................................... : 650°C æ
Object/ Part No./ Material Manufacturer/ Ignition of specified Duration of
trademark layer burning (tb) Verdict
Yes/No (s)
Plastic cover see annex 1 NO 0 P
Lens see annex 1 NO 0 P
Connector on LED module see annex 1 NO 0 P
NEMA socket see annex 1 NO 0 P
Zhage socket see annex 1 NO 0 P

IEC 60598-2-3
Shorting cap on NEMA socket see annex 1 NO 0 P

Cover on Zhage socket see annex 1 NO 0 P
Gasket see annex 1 NO 0 P
Gland see annex 1 NO 0 P
Vent plug see annex 1 NO 0 P
3.15 (13.4) TABLE: Proof tracking test P

Test voltage PTI .................................................... : 175 æ
Object/ Part No./ Material Manufacturer/ Withstand 50 drops without failure on three Verdict
trademark places or on three specimens
NEMA socket see annex 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Shorting cap on NEMA see annex 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
socket
Zhaga socket see annex 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cover on zhaga socket see annex 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

IEC 60598-2-3
ANNEX 1 TABLE: Critical components information P

Object / part Cod Manufacturer/ Mark(s) of
Type / model Technical data Standard
No. e trademark conformity1)
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi SR 22W 0.2- Vin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A SNEMP 230V Iin:0,07-0,13Aac; 61347-2-13 71-101397
C133 sXt Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:16-48Vdc;
Uout: 70 Vdc
Iout(mA):200-700;
tc:85°C; SELV;
Built-in
1.0A SNEMP Iin:0,07-0,13Aac; 61347-2-13 71-101397
230V C133 sXt Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:8-32 Vdc;
Uout: 50 Vdc
Iout(mA):300-1050;
tc:85°C; SELV;
Built-in
0.7A SNEMP 230V Iin:0,12-0,23Aac; 61347-2-13 71-101395
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:25-77Vdc;
Uout: 100 Vdc
Iout(mA):200-700;
tc:85°C; SELV;
Built-in
1.0A SNEMP 230V Iin:0,12-0,23Aac; 61347-2-13 71-101395
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:20-54 Vdc;
Uout: 90 Vdc
Iout(mA):300-1050;
tc:85°C; SELV;
Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi SR 12W 0.2- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A SNEMP 230V Iin: 0,08-0,05 A; 61347-2-13 71-101398
C133 sXt Vout: 8-32 V; IEC/EN
Uout:60 Vdc; 12 W; 61347-1
tc: 85 °C; SELV

IEC 60598-2-3
0.7A SNEMP 230V Iin: 0,38-0,34 A; 61347-2-13 71-106125
C150 sXt Iout: 0,2-0,7 A; IEC/EN
Vout: 50-150Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:200 Vdc;
tc: 90 °C;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
1.0A SNEMP 230V Iin: 0,38-0,34 A; 61347-2-13 71-106125
C150 sXt Iout: 0,3-1,05 A; IEC/EN
Vout: 35-108Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:150 Vdc;
tc: 90 °C;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 22W 0.3- Vin:220-240Vac IEC/EN ENEC05
1.0A SNLDAE Iin:0,12-0,11 Aac 61347-2-13 31-103090
230V S175 sXt Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
Vout:8-32 Vdc; 61347-1
Uout: 50 Vdc
Iout(mA):300-1050;
tc:85°C; SELV;
Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 22W 0.2- Vin:220-240Vac IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A SNLDAE 230 Iin:0,12-0,11 Aac 61347-2-13 31-103090
V S175 sXt Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
Vout:16-48 Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:70 Vdc
Iout(mA):200-700;
tc:85°C; SELV;
Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 40W 0.2- Vin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A SNLDAE 230 Iin:0,21-0,19Aac; 61347-2-13 31-103090
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:25-77 Vdc;
Uout:100 Vdc
Iout(mA):200-700;
tc:85°C; SELV
Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 40W 0.3- Vin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
1.0A SNLDAE 230 Iin:0,21-0,19Aac; 61347-2-13 31-103090
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:20-54 Vdc;
Uout:60 Vdc
Iout(mA):300-1050;
tc:85°C; SELV
Built-in

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 22W 0.2- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A SNLDAE Iin: 0,12-0,11 A; 61347-2-13 31-102115
230V C123 sXt Vout: 16- 48 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout: 70 Vdc; 61347-1
22 W;
tc: 85 °C; SELV,
Built-in
1.0A SNLDAE Iin: 0,12-0,11 A; 61347-2-13 31-102115
230V C123 sXt Vout: 8-32 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout: 50 Vdc;22 W; 61347-1
tc: 85 °C; SELV,
Built-in
0.7A SNLDAE Iin: 0,21-0,19 Aac; 61347-2-13 31-102115
230V C123 sXt Freq(Hz): 50 / 60; IEC/EN
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout: 25-77 Vdc;
Iout: 200-700 mA;
Uout: 100 Vdc;
40 W; SELV;
tc: 85 °C, Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 40W 0.3- Vin:220-240 Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
1.0A SNLDAE Iin: 0,21-0,19Aac; 61347-2-13 31-102115
230V C123 sXt Uout: 20-54 Vdc; IEC/EN
Iout: 300-1050 mA; 61347-1
tc: 85 °C;
Uout: 60 Vdc,40 W;
SELV; Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 75W 0.5- Vin: 220-240 Vac IEC/EN ENEC05
1.5A SNLDAE Iin: 0,4-0,34 Aac 61347-2-13 31-101322
230V C133 sXt or 0,48 Adc; IEC/EN
Vout: 25-71 Vdc; 61347-1
Iout:500-1500 mA;
tc:80 °C; SELV
Uout: 120 V;
0.7A SNLDAE Iin: 0,4-0,34 Aac 61347-2-13 31-101322
230V C133 or 0,48 A dc; IEC/EN
sXt Vout: 50-150 Vdc; 61347-1
Iout: 200-700 mA;
Uout: 220 Vdc;
tc: 80 °C;
Built-in; Double
insulation between
PRI and SEC

IEC 60598-2-3
1.0A SNLDAE Iin: 0,4-0,34 A ac 61347-2-13 31-101322
230V C133 sXt or 0,3 A dc max; IEC/EN
Vout: 35-108 Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:140 Vdc;
Iout: 300-1050 mA;
tc: 85 °C, Built-in;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 110W 0.3- Vin: 220-240 V ac; IEC/EN ENEC05
1.0A SNLDAE Iin: 0,59-0,49 A ac 61347- 2-13 31-102940
Vout: 50-160 V dc; 61347-1
Uout: 230 V dc,
Iout: 0,31 A dc;
tc: 85 °C; Built-in;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi FP 110W 0.2- Vin: 220-240 V ac; IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A SNLDAE Iin: 0,55-0,49 A ac 61347-2-13 31-102940
Vout: 70-220 Vdc; 61347-1
Uout: 300 V dc;
Iout: 0,2-0,7 Adc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi LP 40W 0.2- Uin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN ENEC 05
0.7A S1 230V Iin:0,21-0,19Aac; 61347-2-13 31-102676
S175 sXt Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:23-77Vdc;
Iout:200-700mA;
Uout:90 V dc; SELV;
tc:80°C; Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi LP 40W 0.3- Uin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN ENEC 05
1.0A S1 230V Iin:0,21-0,19Aac; 61347-2-13 31-102676
S175 sXt Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:20-58 Vdc;
Iout:300-1050 mA;
Uout:60 Vdc; SELV;
tc:80°C; Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi LP 22W 0.2- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
0.7A S1 230V Iin: 0,12-0,11 A; 61347- 2-13 31-102676
S175 sXt Vout: 16-48Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout:70 Vdc; 22 W; 61347-1
tc: 80 °C; SELV,
Built-in

IEC 60598-2-3
1.0A S1 230V Iin: 0,12-0,11 A; 61347- 2-13 31-102676
S175 sXt Vout: 8-32Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout:50 Vdc; 22 W; 61347-1
tc: 80 °C; SELV,
Built-in
0.7A S1 230V Iin: 0,12-0,11 A; 61347-2-13 31-103018
C123 sXt Vout: 16-48Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout : 70 Vdc; 61347-1
22 W; Built-in
tc: 85 °C; SELV,
1.0A S1 230V Iin: 0,12-0,11 A; 61347-2-13 31-103018
Uout:50 Vdc; 22 W; 61347-1
tc: 85 °C; SELV,
Built-in
0.7A S1 230V Iin: 0,21-0,19 A; 61347-2-13 31-103018
C123 sXt Vout: 25-77 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout :100Vdc;40W; 61347-1
tc: 85 °C; SELV
1.0A S1 230V Iin: 0,21-0,19 A; 61347-2-13 31-103018
Uout:60 Vdc; 40 W; 61347-1
tc: 85 °C; SELV
0.7A S1 230V Iin: 0,4-0,34 Aac; 61347-2-13 31-105242
C133 sXt Vout: 50-150 Vdc, IEC/EN
200-700mA; 61347-1
Uout:220 Vdc
tc: 80 °C; Double
insulation between
PRI and SEC;
1.0A S1 230V Iin: 0,4-0,34 Aac; 61347-2-13 31-105242
C133 sXt Vout: 35-108 Vdc, IEC/EN
300-1050 mA; 61347-1
Uout:150 Vdc;
tc: 80 °C; Double
insulation between
PRI and SEC;

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B PHILIPS Xi LP 40W 0.3- Vin: 220-240 Vac IEC/EN ENEC05
1.05A S1 230V 50/60 Hz; PF:0,95; 61347-2-13 31-107519
I150 Iin: 0,33-0,3A ac; IEC/EN
Iout: 0,3- 1,05 Adc; 61347-1
Vout: 31-93 Vdc;
Uout: 130 Vdc,
tc: 80°C;
Independent; Basic
insulation between
PRI and SEC;
1.05A S1 230V Iin: 0,33-0,3Aac; 61347-2-13 71-106389
I150 Iout: 0,3-1,05Adc; IEC/EN
Uout: 31-93 Vdc; 61347-1
tc: 80 °C;
Uout: 130 Vdc
Independent; Basic
insulation between
PRI and SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium 40W 0.7A Uin:120-277Vac; IEC/EN ENEC05
prog+ GL-J sXt Iin: 0,17-0,39Aac; 61347-2-13 2188185.07
Vout: 29-57 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout: 85 Vdc 61347-1
tc:80°C; SELV
Built-in
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium 50W Uin: 220-240 VAC IEC/EN DEKRA CB
0.70A 230V-J cXt 50/60Hz 61347-2-13 NL-48016
Iin: 0,28-0,25Aac IEC/EN
Iout: 0,7Adc 61347-1
Vout: 35-71Vdc
Uout: 100 Vdc
tc:80°C; Not SELV;
Built-in; Basic
insulation between
PRI and SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium Dim 65W Uin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN DEKRA CB
0.7A 1-10V 230V Y Iin:0,34-0,31Aac; 61347-2-13 NL-48380
Vout:46 -93Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout:140 Vdc; 61347-1
Iout:0,7 Adc;
tc:80°C; built-in;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium DIM Uin:220-240Vac; IEC/EN DEKRA CB
100W 1.05A 1-10V Vout: 42-95 Vdc; 61347-2-13 NL-35054
230V Y Uout:170 Vdc; IEC/EN
Iout:1,05 Adc; 61347-1
tc:80°C; built-in;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium DIM Uin:220-240 Vac; IEC/EN DEKRA CB

100W 0.7A 1-10V Vout: 64-143 Vdc; 61347-2-13 NL-35054
230V Y Uout: 220 Vdc; IEC/EN
Iout:0,7 Adc; 61347-1
tc:80°C; built-in;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium 100W Uin:220-240 Vac; IEC/EN DEKRA CB
1,05A 230V Y Iin:0,4-0,56 Aac; 61347-2-13 NL-45405
Vout:42-95 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout:170 Vdc 61347-1
Iout:1,05 Adc;
tc:80°C; built-in;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B PHILIPS Xitanium 100W Uin:220-240 Vac; IEC/EN DEKRA CB
0,7A 230V Y Iin:0,4-0,56 Aac; 61347-2-13 NL-45405
Vout:64-143 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout: 220 Vdc 61347-1
Iout:0,7 Adc;
tc:80°C; built-in;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 20/170- Vin:220-240 Vac IEC/EN VDE CB
240/1A0 4DIM LT2 Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 61347-2-13 DE1-59452
G2 CE Vout:10-38 Vdc ; IEC/EN
Iout(mA):200-1050; 61347-1
tc:75°C;
Uout:60 Vdc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 40/170- Vin:220-240Vac IEC/EN VDE CB
240/1A0 4DIM LT2 Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 61347-2-13 DE1-59452
G2 CE Vout:15-56Vdc IEC/EN
Iout(mA):200-1050; 61347-1
tc:80°C
Uout:60 Vdc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B OSRAM OT 40/120- Vin:220-240Vac IEC/EN ENEC10

277/1A0 4DIM LT2 Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 61347-2-13 40043863
E PF: 0.95; IEC/EN
Vout:18-56Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:60 Vdc
Iout(mA):350-1050;
tc:80°C
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 50/120- Uin:120-277 Vac IEC/EN DEKRA CB
277/700 P5 Iin:500 mAac max 61347-2-13 NL-36252
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; IEC/EN
PF: 0,95; 61347-1
Vout:24-74 Vdc;
Uout: 80 Vdc
Iout:0,7 Adc; tc:80°C
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 50/120- Uin:220-240 Vac IEC/EN UL CB
277/800 2DIMLT2 Iin:0,5 Aac max 61347-2-13
DK-45135-
P IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; UL
61347-1
PF: 0,95;
Vout:30-115 Vdc;
Uout:120 Vdc
Iout:0,35-0,80 Adc;
tc:85°C
SELV; Built-in
LED driver B OSRAM OT 50/120- Uin:220-240 Vac IEC/EN UL CB
277/1A2 2DIMLT2 61347-2-13
Iin:0,5Aac max DK-45135-
P IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; UL
61347-1
PF: 0,95;
Vout:20-55 Vdc;
Uout:60 Vdc
Iout:0,6-1,25 Adc;
tc:80°C
SELV; Built-in
LED driver B OSRAM OT 60/170- Vin:220-240 Vac IEC/EN VDE CB
240/1A0 4DIMLT2 Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 61347-2-13
DE1-56623
E IEC/EN
PF: 0,95;
61347-1
Vout:35-115 Vdc;
Uout:120 Vdc
Iout(mA):350-1050;
tc:85°C; Double
insulation between
PRI and SEC;;

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B OSRAM OT 60/220- Uin:220-240 Vac; EN 61347-2- TUV SUD

240/1A4 1DIMA P7 Freq(Hz):50 / 60 ; 13 SG PSB-LE-
Iin:0,32 Aac max; EN 61347-1 00846
Vout:43-86 Vdc;
Iout:0,7-1,4 Adc;
tc:85 °C;
Uout: 110 Vdc;
SELV; class II
Independent;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 75/170- Uin:220-240 Vac; IEC/EN VDE CB
240/1A0 4DIM LT2 61347-2-13
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; DE1-60243
G2 CE IEC/EN
Vout:35-115 Vdc; 61347-1
Uout: 120 Vdc;
Iout:0,2-1,05 Adc;
tc:120°C; SELV
LED driver B OSRAM OT 90/170- Input: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN VDE
240/1A0 4DIMLT2 50 / 60Hz; 61347-2-13 40043863
E IEC/EN
Vout::57-186 Vdc;
350-1050 mA; 61347-1
tc:90 °C;
Uout: 200 Vdc;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 100/120- Uin:120-277 Vac IEC/EN DEKRA CB
277/700 P5 61347-2-13
Iin:1,0 Aac max NL-36253
IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 61347-1
PF: 0,95;
Vout:55-152 Vdc;
Uout:220 Vdc
Iout:0,7 Adc;
tc:85°C; Basic
insulation between
PRI and SEC;
LED driver B OSRAM OT 100/120- Uin:220-240 Vac IEC/EN ENEC15
277/800 2DIMLT2 61347-2-13
Iin:0, 875 Aac ENEC-
P IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 01232-A1
61347-1
PF: 0,95;
Vout:50-186 Vdc;
Uout:200 Vdc
Iout:0,35-0,8 Adc;
tc:85°C; Built-in;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B OSRAM OT DX 40/220- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN VDE

240/1A0 DIMA Iin: 0,2 A ac max; 61347-2-13 40043863
LT2 E Vout: 15-56 Vdc; IEC/EN
Uout: 60 V dc 61347-1
Iout: 0,2-1,05 A dc;
tc: 85°C, SELV
Built-in
LED driver B OSRAM OT DX 75/220- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN VDE
240/1A0 DIMA Iin: 0,36 A ac max; 61347-2-13 40043863
LT2 E Vout: 35- 115 V dc; IEC/EN
Uout: 120 V dc; 61347-1
Iout: 0,2-1,05 A dc;
tc:85 °C, SELV,
Built-in
LED driver B OSRAM IT DALI 20/220- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN ENEC10/
240/1A0 E Iin: 0,1A ac; 61347-2-13 VDE
Vout: 15-29 Vdc; IEC/EN 40050684
Iout: 0,35- 1,05Adc; 61347-1
Uout: 60 Vdc;
tc:75 °C, SELV,
Built-in
240/1A0 E Iin: 0,2A ac; 61347- 2-13 VDE
Vout: 29-57 Vdc; IEC/EN 40050684
Iout: 0,35- 1,05Adc; 61347-1
Uout: 60 Vdc;
tc:85 °C,
SELV, Built-in
240/1A0 E Iin: 0,36A ac; 61347- 2-13 VDE
Vout: 55-107 Vdc; IEC/EN 40050684
Iout:0,35- 1,05 Adc; 61347-1
Uout:120 Vdc;
tc:100 °C, SELV,
Built-in
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240Vac IEC/EN TUV
026S050SVMxxxy 61347-2-13 Rheinland
Iin:0,3Amax
IEC/EN CB
Freq (Hz):50 / 60; 61347-1 DE 2-
Vout:28-74 Vdc; 020101
Uout: 100 Vdc;
Max 500mA;
max 26 W; SELV;
tc: 85°C

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240Vac; IEC/EN TUV

026S070SVMxxxz 61347-2-13 Rheinland
Iin:0,3 A max
IEC/EN CB
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 61347-1 DE 2-
Vout:20-54 Vdc; 020101
Uout: 67 Vdc
Max 500 mA;
Max 26 W; SELV;
tc: 85°C
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD
035S070SVMxxxy 61347-2-13
Iin:0,38Amax SG-LE-
IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 01630
61347-1
Vout:25-64 Vdc;
Uout: 80 Vdc
Max 700mA;
max 35 W;
SELV; tc: 90°C
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240 Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD
035S105SVMxxxz 61347-2-13
Iin:0,38Amax SG-LE-
IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; 01630
61347-1
Vout:18-47 Vdc;
max 1050mA;
Uout:63 Vdc;
max 35 W; SELV
tc: 90°C
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Uin:120-240Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD
040S070DVMxxxx Iin:0,4Aac max or 61347-2-13
SG PSB-LE-
0,37Adc max; IEC/EN
00295M2
Vout:32-80Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:100 Vdc Iout:
700mA; tc:90°C
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Uin:120-240 Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD
040S105DVMxxxx 61347-2-13
Iin:0,4Aac max or SG PSB-LE-
IEC/EN
0,37Adc max; 00295M2
Vout:21-54Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:80 Vdc Iout:
1050mA; tc:90°C;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Uin:120-240Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD

040S070SVMxxxx 61347-2-13
Iin:0.4Aac max or SG PSB-LE-
IEC/EN
0,37Adc max; 00295M2
Vout:32-80Vdc; 61347-1
Uout:100 Vdc Iout:
700mA; tc:90°C;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Uin:120-240 Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD
040S105SVMxxxx 61347-2-13
Iin:0.4Aac max or SG PSB-LE-
IEC/EN
0,37Adc max; 00295M2
61347-1
Vout:21-54Vdc;
Uout:80 Vdc Iout:
1050mA; tc:90°C;
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240 Vac IEC/EN TUV
060S070SVMxxxx 61347-2-13 Rheinland
Iin:0,6Amax
IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; B170979136
61347-1 181
Vout:48-120Vdc;
Uout 160 Vdc;
Max 700mA; max 60
W; non SELV;
tc: 90°C; Basic
insulation between
PRI and SEC
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240 Vac; IEC/EN TUV
Iin:0,6 Amax
IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; B170979136
61347-1 181
Vout:34-80 Vdc;
Uout 100 Vdc;
Max 1050 mA;
max 60 W; SELV;
tc: 90°C;
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EUC- Vin:120-240Vac; IEC/EN TUV
Iin:0,6Amax
IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 / 60; B170979136
61347-1 181
Vout:20-50Vdc;
Uout 63 Vdc;
Max 1800mA;
max 60 W; SELV;
tc: 90°C;

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EBS- Uin:200-240Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD

040S070DTExxxx/ 61347-2-13
Iin:0,3Amax SG PSB-LE-
EBS- IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 /60; 00116M1
040S070STExxxx/ 61347-1
EBS- Vout:28-89 Vdc,
040S070BTExxxx Max 700mA
Uout:119 Vdc;
tc:90°C; SELV
040S105DTExxxx/ 61347-2-13
Iin:0,3Amax SG PSB-LE-
EBS- IEC/EN
Freq(Hz):50 /60; 00116M1
040S105STExxxx/ 61347-1
040S105BTExxxx max 1050mA
Uout:68 Vdc;
tc:90°C; SELV
080S070DTExxxx; 61347-2-13
Iin:0,45 Aac max or SG PSB-LE-
IEC/EN
EBS- 0,47Adc max 00121M2
080S070STExxxx; 61347-1
Freq(Hz):50 /60;
EBS- Vout:57-178Vdc,
080S070BTExxxx Uout:210 Vdc
Iout:700mA,
tc:90°C, NON SELV;
Independent;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B INVENTRONICS EBS- Uin:200-240 Vac; IEC/EN TUV SUD
080S105DTExxxx; 61347-2-13
Iin:0,45 Aac max or SG PSB-LE-
IEC/EN
EBS- 0,47 Adc max; 00121M2
080S105STExxxx; 61347-1
Freq(Hz):50 /60;
080S105BTExxxx Uout:119 Vdc
Iout:1050 mA
tc:90°C, SELV;
Independent;
LED driver B TRIDONIC LCA 30W 250- Uin:220-240 Vac IEC/EN ENEC11
700mA One4all C 61347-2-13
50/60Hz 7590-170
PRE OTD IEC/EN
Iin:110-154 mA 61347-1
Iout:250-700 mA
Vout:25-75 VDC
Uout:120 Vdc
tc:80°C; SELV

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B TRIDONIC LCA 60W 350- Uin:220-240Vac IEC/EN ENEC11

1050mA one4all C 61347-2-13
50/60Hz 7590-170
PRE OTD IEC/EN
Iin:155-289 mA 61347-1
Iout:350-1050mA
Vout:30-85 Vdc
Uout:120 Vdc
tc:80°C /85°C
SELV
LED driver B TRIDONIC LCA 75W 250- Uin:220-240Vac IEC/EN ENEC11
750mA one4all C 61347-2-13
50/60Hz 7590-170
PRE OTD IEC/EN
Iin:177-363 mA 61347-1
Iout:250-750 mA
Vout:45-130 Vdc
Uout:180 Vdc
tc:80°C /85°C
Basic insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B TRIDONIC LCO 40/200- Vin:220-240 Vac; IEC/EN OVE
1050/64 o4a NF C 50/60 Hz; 61347-1 ENEC11
EXC3 Iin: 56- 200 mA ; IEC/EN 7590-239
Iout: 200-1050 mA; 61347-2-13
Vout: 18-64 Vdc;
Uout: 90 Vdc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC
LED driver B TRIDONIC LCO 60/200- Vin: 220-240 Vac; IEC/EN OVE
1050/100 o4a NF 50/60Hz; 61347-1 ENEC11
C EXC3 Iin: 77- 289 mA ; IEC/EN 7590-239
Iout: 200-1050 mA; 61347-2-13
Vout: 28-100 Vdc;
Uout: 130 Vdc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC

IEC 60598-2-3
LED driver B TRIDONIC LCO 90/200- Vin:220-240 V ac; IEC/EN OVE

1050/165 o4a NF 50/60 Hz; 61347-2-13 ENEC11
C EXC3 Iin: 126- 436 mA ; IEC/EN 7590-239
Iout: 200-1050mA; 61347-1
Vout: 46-165 Vdc;
Uout:220 V dc;
tc: 100 °C, Built- in;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
1050/39 pD+ NFC 50/60 Hz; 61347-2-13 ENEC11
PRE3 Iin:40- 128mA ; IEC/EN 7590-260
Iout: 200- 1050mA; 61347-1
Vout: 19-39Vdc;
Uout: 90 Vdc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
1050/64 pD+ NFC 50/60 Hz; 61347-2-13 ENEC11
PRE3 Iin:53- 201 mA ; IEC/EN 7590-260
Iout: 200- 1050mA; 61347-1
Vout: 38-64Vdc;
Uout: 90 V dc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;
1050/100 pD+ 50/60 Hz; 61347-2-13 ENEC11
NFC PRE3 Iin: 78- 294 mA ; IEC/EN 7590-260
Iout: 200- 1050mA; 61347-1
Vout: 57-100
Vdc; tc: 90 °C,
Uout:130 V dc;
Built-in; Double
insulation between
PRI and SEC;
1050/165 pD+ 50/60 Hz; 61347-2-13 ENEC11
NFC PRE3 Iin: 125- 436 mA ; IEC/EN 7590-268
Iout: 200- 1050mA; 61347-1
Vout: 85-165Vdc;
Uout:220 Vdc;
Double insulation
between PRI and
SEC;

IEC 60598-2-3
SPD B Littelfuse LSP05G240SXXX Type 2 IEC/EN DEKRA CB

XX In=5 kA, 61643-11 NL-37684
UP<=1800 V
Imax 10 kA
SPD B Littelfuse LSP05G277SXXX Type 2 IEC/EN DEKRA CB
XX In=5 kA, 61643-11 NL-40516
UP<=1800 V
Imax 10 kA
SPD B PHILIPS Surge protection Uc:277V; IEC/EN DEKRA CB
device 277V NL-21923
Uoc:10 kV; 61643-11
Imax 10 kA
SPD B PHILIPS Surge protector Uc:255 Vac IEC/EN DEKRA
Class I Uoc:10 kV 61643-11 KEMA-
Imax 1000 A, KEUR
Up: L-N 1,5 kV; 31-102677
L-GND 2 kV;
N-GND 2 kV
SPD B Tridonic GmgH SPD 10KV CE Uc:320 Vac; IEC/EN ENEC 05
& Co KG SNC Imax 10 kA; 61643-11 71-103351
Uoc:10 kV; IL:16 A;
Isccr:3 kA
SPD B Inventronics PL- Rated Voltage IEC/EN DEMKO D-
20KD10KTSLxxxx (V)=120, 61643-11 03737
UC (V ac)=150,
IL (A)=15,
UP (V pk)=1200
SPD B CITEL MLPX1-230L-W Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV
In:5 kA 61643-11 R50377263
Imax:10 kA
Uoc:10 kV
Isccr:10 kA
Up:1,5 kV/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MLPX1-230L- Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV
W/IP20 In:5 kA 61643-11 R50377263
Imax:10 kA
Uoc:10 kV
Isccr:10 kA
Up:1,5 kV/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MSB10-400 Uc: AC 300 V IEC/EN TUV SUD
In:3 kA 61643-11 B160178705
Imax:10 kA 003
T2
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-230L-V Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB HU-
Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 001850
In:5 kA,
Uoc:10 kV;
Imax=10 kA;
T2 and T3
Up<=1,5/1,5 kV

IEC 60598-2-3
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-230L -V/50 Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB

Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 HU-001850
In:5 kA; Uoc:10 kV
Imax=10 kA
T2 and T3
Up<=1,5/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-230L - Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB
R/50 Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 HU-001850
In:5 kA; Uoc:10 kV
Imax=10 kA
T2 and T3
Up<=1,5/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-277L-V Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB
Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 HU-001850
In:5 kA; Uoc:10 kV
Imax=10 kA
T2 and T3
Up<=1,8/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-277L-R Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB
Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 HU-001850
In:5 kA;
Uoc:10 kV
Imax=10 kA
T2 and T3
Up<=1,8/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-277L-V/50 Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB
Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 HU-001850
In:5 kA; Uoc:10 kV
Imax=10 kA
T2 and T3
Up<=1,8/1,5 kV
SPD B CITEL MLPC1-277L-R/50 Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN TUV CB
Un:AC230-277 V, 61643-11 HU-001850
In:5 kA; Uoc:10 kV
Imax=10 kA
T2 and T3
Up<=1,8/1,5 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277AHT Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.01
Imax:25 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA;
Up<=1,6 kV/2,0 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277LHT Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.01
Imax:25 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1,6 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277AH Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.01
Imax:25 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1,6 kV/2,0 kV

IEC 60598-2-3
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277LH Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE

In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.01
Imax:25 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1,6 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277AMT Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.02
Imax:15 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1, 6kV/2,0 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277LMT Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.02
Imax:15 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1,6 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277AM Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.02
Imax:15 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1,6 kV/2,0 kV
SPD B XIAMEN SET SD10C277LM Uc:AC320 V IEC/EN DEKRA CE
In:10 kA 61643-11 3183404.02
Imax:15 kA
Isccr:1,5 kA
Up<=1,6 kV
SPD B Suzhou EZ20MF277S/ Uc 320 V, IEC/EN TUV Rh.
Ceramate EZ20MF277S-G Uoc 20 kV, 61643-11 50475234
technical Co., Isccr:300 A, Up:5
Ltd. kV(L-N), 5 kV(N-G)
105°C
SPD B Suzhou EZ20MF277M/ Uc 320 V, IEC/EN TUV Rh.
Ceramate EZ20MF277M-G Uoc 20 kV, 61643-11 50475234
technical Co., Isccr:300 A, Up:6
Ltd. kV(L-G) 105°C
SPD B Shanghai Qiyu SPD08S-10 Uc:275 V,50/60 Hz IEC/EN TUV Rh.
Optoelectronic s SPD08P-10 Uoc:10 kV(L/N- G); 61643-11 50470926
Technology Co., Isccr:300 A;
Ltd. Up≤2,0 kv(L/N-G),
70°C
SPD B Shanghai Qiyu SPD08S-20 Uc 275 V,50/60 Hz, IEC/EN TUV Rh.
Optoelectronics SPD08P-20 Uoc:15 kV(L/N- G); 61643-11 50470926
Technology Co., Isccr:300 A;
Ltd. Up≤2,0 kv(L/N-G),
70°C
SPD B Shanghai Qiyu SPD08A-10 Uc 275 V,50/60 Hz, IEC/EN TUV Rh. CB
Optoelectronics Uoc:10 kV(L/N-G), 61643-11 HU-003372
Technology Co., Uc:305 Vac,
Ltd. Isccr:300 A
Up:2,0 kV(L/N-G);
SPD B OSRAM SPD10/275/D Uc 275 V, 50/60 Hz IEC/EN TUV Rh.
In:5 kA, Uoc:10 kv; 61643-11 50442542
Isccr:150 A;
Up≤1,5 kv

IEC 60598-2-3
SPD B OSRAM SPD15/275/D Uc 275 V, 50/60 Hz IEC/EN TUV Rh.

In:7,5 kA, 61643-11 50442542
Uoc:15 kV;
Isccr:150 A;
Up≤1,5 kv
Terminal B Degson DG238 450 V;110 °C IEC/EN VDE
block electronics Co., 40025914
60998-2-2
(near input) Ltd.
IEC/EN
60998-1
Terminal Shenzhen HYT 830 500 V; 16 A IEC/EN VDE
block (near Hongyu Electrical 60998-2-2 40020423
input) B Co., Ltd.
IEC/EN
(alternative) 60998-1
Terminal B Jiangmen P02-2/P02-3 450 V; 24 A; IEC/EN VDE
block Krealux Electrical P02-D2/P02-D3 110 °C 60998-2-2 40021964
Appliances Co.
(alternative) IEC/EN
Ltd
60998-1
Earthing wire C Dongguan 1015 600 V; 105 °C; IEC/EN Tested in
triumph Cable 18 AWG 60598-2-3 appliance
Co.,Ltd.
Earthing wire C Xiangshan H05V-K 1×0,75 mm2; IEC/EN Tested in
(alternative) Haoguang Wire & 300 V 60598-2-3 appliance
Cable Co., Ltd
Internal wire C Wenzhou 1316 105 °C; 600 V; IEC/EN Tested in
Zhenhua 18 AWG; Double 60598-2-3 appliance
Electronic insulated
Element Co. Ltd (UL/E188698)
Internal wire C Dongguan 1015 600 V; 105 °C; IEC/EN Tested in

(alternative) triumph Cable 18 AWG 60598-2-3 appliance
Co., Ltd.
Wire C -- -- Min 18 AWG IEC/EN Tested in
connecting 60598-2-3 appliance
dimming
socket
Gland C Kai Suh Suh AG-20 Nylon IEC/EN Tested in
Enterprise Co., (UL/186042) 60598-2-3 appliance
Ltd
Gland C YuYao Sineyi M20 Nylon IEC/EN Tested in
Electronic 60598-2-3 appliance
Technology Co.,
Ltd.
Gland C Zhejiang M20 x 1.5 Nylon; M20 IEC/EN Tested in
BangNai 60598-2-3 appliance
Electric Co., Ltd.
Lens C Ningbo Zhengte -- PC IEC/EN Tested in
Optical Electric 60598-2-3 appliance
Appliance Co.,
Ltd.

IEC 60598-2-3
Lens C Ningbo Zhengte -- PMMA IEC/EN Tested in

(alternative) Optical Electric 60598-2-3 appliance
Appliance Co.,
Ltd.
Connector Degson DG 2002 0,25-0,75 mm2 IEC/EN VDE
on LED B electronics co., 9 A; 140 °C 60947-7-4 40041304
module ltd.
Connector VASK L01 0,2-0,75 mm2 IEC/EN VDE
on LED Components 9 A; 110 °C 60947-7-4 40041737
B
module Hong Kong
(alternative) Company
Gasket C Changzhou -- Silicone rubber IEC/EN Tested in
Chuyang Rubber 60598-2-3 appliance
Co., Ltd
LED C Cree Xlamp 3,0 V; 700 mA IEC/EN IEC Tested in
62031 appliance
LED C OSRAM Oslon 3,0 V; 700 mA IEC/EN IEC Tested in
(alternative) 62031 appliance
LED C lumileds Luxeon 3,0 V; 700 mA IEC/EN IEC Tested in
(alternative) 62031 appliance
-- -- PC; thickness :3 mm IEC/EN Tested in
Plastic cover C
60598-2-3 appliance
Screwless B Jiang Men P04 450 V; 0,2-4 mm2; IEC/EN VDE
terminal Krealux Electrical T 85 60998-2-2 (40043763)
block (near Appliances Co. IEC/EN
earting wire) Ltd 60998-1
PCB for LED C -- -- V-0; 130 °C IEC/EN IEC Tested in
module 62031 appliance
Translucent C Shenzhen Wolida -- PTFE; 600 V; IEC/EN Tested in
sheath Trading Co Ltd. 105 °C 60598-2-3 appliance
NEMA B TYCO X-2213362-X Power contacts: IEC/EN UL CB
socket Electronics Corp 150/240/300 VAC, 61984 US-30977-
50/60 Hz;15/7,5/6 A A2-UL
Signal contacts:
30 VDC; 1,5 A
NEMA B Shanghai Long- JL-240XA-16; Power lead IEC/EN DEKRA CB
socket Join Electronics JL- 250TXA-14 rating:480 Vac, 61984 NL-64401
Co., Ltd. 10Amax /15 A max
signal lead rating
30VDC, 0,25 A max
-40°C to 70 °C
NEMA B Hangzhou JR-200x, JR- Power: 480 Vac IEC/EN TUV Rh. CB
socket Jiaruo 240Bx, JR-240Ax, Max 15 A Signal: 61984 DE
Electronic 30VDC Max 0,25A 2-032253
Technology Co., IP66
Ltd.
Shorting C Hangzhou JR-208 IP66, PBT IEC/EN Tested in
cap on Jiaruo 60598-2-3 appliance
NEMA Electronic
socket Technology Co.,
Ltd.

IEC 60598-2-3
Shorting cap C Shanghai Long- -- Polybutylene IEC/EN Tested in

on NEMA Join Electronics 60598-2-3 appliance
socket Co., Ltd.
Zhaga B TYCO X-2213858-X 30 V AC/DC; 50/60 IEC/EN UL CB
socket Electronics corp Hz; 1,5 A 61984 US-29611-
A1-UL
Cover on C TYCO Electronic X-2213795-X PBT GF IEC/EN Tested in
Zhaga s corp 60598-2-3 appliance
socket
Zhaga B Shanghai Long- JL-700 30 V AC/DC IEC/EN DEKRA
socket Join Electronics 50/60 Hz, 1,5 A; 61984 2227803.05
Co., Ltd. IP66 Zhaga book
18
Cover on C Shanghai Long- JL-700 PBT GF IEC/EN Tested in
zhaga Join Electronics 60598-2-3 appliance
socket Co., Ltd.
Vent Plug C W. L. Gore & PMF100391 Polyimide (PA6) IEC/EN Tested in
Associates, Inc. 60598-2-3 appliance
Vent plug C Hangzhou Ipro SV-M1215N-PF- Polyimide (PA6) IEC/EN Tested in
Membrane T04D 60598-2-3 appliance
Technology.Ltd
Vent plug C Huizhou Sinri M12X1.5 Polyimide (PA6) IEC/EN Tested in
Science & 60598-2-3 appliance
Technology
Co.,Ltd.
Vent plug C Huizhou SD-POM123D- Polyimide (PA6) IEC/EN Tested in
Shangda energy B10 60598-2-3 appliance
technology Co.,
Ltd.
Vent plug Hangzhou Ipro CV-108-PF-B2D Polyimide (PA6) IEC/EN Tested in
Membrane 60598-2-3 appliance
C Technology. Ltd
Note: License available upon request
Supplementary information:
1) Provided evidence ensures the agreed level of compliance. See OD-CB2039.
The codes above have the following meaning:

A - The component is replaceable with another one, also certified, with equivalent characteristics
B - The component is replaceable if authorised by the test house
C - Integrated component tested together with the appliance
D - Alternative component

IEC 60598-2-3
ANNEX 2 TABLE: Thermal tests of Section 12 P
Type reference ....................................................... : Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-N æ

Lamp used .............................................................. : LED module as delivered æ
Lamp control gear used .......................................... : OT 100/120-277/800 2DIMLT2 æ
P
Mounting position of luminaire ............................... : Normal mounting position æ
Supply wattage (W) ................................................ : 54,7 W at 240 V~ æ
Supply current (A) .................................................. : 0,245 A at 240 V~ æ
Temperatures in test 1 - 4 below are corrected for 40 æ
ta ("C) .................................................................... :
- abnormal operating mode .................................... : The LED driver will shut down æ
under output short-circuited
3.12 (12.4) - test 1: rated voltage ............................................. : 240 V~ æ
- test 2: 1,06 times rated voltage or 1,05 times rated 254,4 V~ æ
wattage or 1,1 times constant voltage/current ...... :
- test 3: Load on wiring to socket-outlet, 1,06 times -- æ
voltage or 1,05 times wattage ................................ :
Through wiring or looping-in wiring loaded by a -- æ
current of A during the test .................................... :
3.12 (12.5) - test 4: 1,1 times rated voltage or 1,05 times rated -- æ
wattage or 1,1 times constant voltage/current ....... :
Temperature measurements ("C)
Cl. 12.4 – normal Cl. 12.5 – abnormal

Part Ambient
test 1 test 2 test 3 limit test 4 limit
Supply cord 40 -- 52,1 -- 90 -- --
Terminal block (near input) 40 -- 53,4 -- 110 -- --
Earthing wire 40 -- 50,9 -- 90 -- --
Tc on LED driver 40 71,1 -- -- 85 -- --
SPD 40 -- 56,4 -- 90 -- --
Terminal block (near output) 40 -- 60,7 -- 110 -- --
Wire connecting NEMA socket 40 -- 56,0 -- 90 -- --
Wire connecting LED module 40 -- 81,2 -- 90 -- --
Connector on LED module 40 -- 84,4 -- 110 -- --
Lens 40 -- 83,9 -- 130 -- --
LED module 40 -- 101,1 -- 130 -- --

IEC 60598-2-3
Gasket 40 -- 49,6 -- 170 -- --

Gland 40 -- 49,3 -- 90 -- --
Plastic cover 40 -- 46,4 -- 130 -- --
NEMA socket 40 -- 56,0 -- 90 -- --
Shorting cap 40 -- 44,1 -- 90 -- --
Mounting surface 40 -- 46,1 -- 90 -- --
Supplementary information: 10 "C has not been deducted from the measured temperature.
Type reference ....................................................... : Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-Z æ

Lamp control gear used.......................................... : Xitanium Dim 65W 0.7A 1- æ
10V 230V Y
ta ("C) .................................................................... :
- test 2: 1,06 times rated voltage or 1,05 times rated 254,4 V~ æ

Part Ambient
Tc on LED driver 40 67,1 -- -- 80 -- --
Wire connecting Zhaga socket 40 -- 54,7 -- 90 -- --
Zhaga socket 40 -- 48,2 -- 90 -- --
Cover on Zhaga socket 40 -- 43,5 -- 90 -- --

IEC 60598-2-3
Type reference ....................................................... : Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-O æ

Lamp control gear used .......................................... : EBS-080S105DTE æ
ta ("C) .................................................................... :
- test 2: 1,06 times rated voltage or 1,05 times rated -- æ

Part Ambient
Tc on LED driver 40 80,8 -- -- 90 -- --
Type reference ....................................................... : Saturn-D-24 (24PCS 60W)-O æ

Lamp control gear used .......................................... : LCA 60W 350-1050mA one4all æ
C PRE OTD

IEC 60598-2-3

ta ("C) .................................................................... :

Part Ambient
tc on LED driver 40 62,7 -- -- 85 -- --
Type reference ....................................................... : Saturn-T-24 (24PCS 60W)-O æ

Lamp control gear used .......................................... : Xi FP 75W 0.3-1.0A SNLDAE æ
230V C133 sXt
ta ("C) .................................................................... :

IEC 60598-2-3


Part Ambient
tc on LED driver 40 64,3 -- -- 85 -- --

Lamp control gear used .......................................... : IT DALI 75/220- 240/1A0 E æ
ta ("C) .................................................................... :

Part Ambient
tc on LED driver 40 75,2 -- -- 100 -- --

IEC 60598-2-3

Lamp control gear used .......................................... : LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF æ
C EXC3
ta ("C) .................................................................... :

Part Ambient
tc on LED driver 40 61,2 -- -- 100 -- --
ANNEX 3 Screw terminals (part of the luminaire) N/A
ANNEX 4 Screwless terminals (part of the luminaire) N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
ATTACHMENT TO TEST REPORT

IEC 60598-2-3
EUROPEAN GROUP DIFFERENCES AND NATIONAL DIFFERENCES
Luminaires
Part 2: Particular requirements
Section 3: Luminaires for road and street lighting
Differences according to ................ : EN 60598-2-3:2003, AMD1:2011 used in conjunction with
EN 60598-1:2015, AMD1:2018
Annex Form No. ..............................: EU_GD_IEC60598_2_3L
Annex Form Originator ..................: Intertek Semko AB
Master Annex Form ........................: 2018-12-07
Copyright © 2018 IEC System for Conformity Testing and Certification of Electrical Equipment (IECEE),
Geneva, Switzerland. All rights reserved.
CENELEC COMMON MODIFICATIONS (EN) P
3.6 (4) CONSTRUCTION N/A
3.6 (4.11.6) Electro-mechanical contact systems N/A
3.10 (5) EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL WIRING P
3.10 (5.2.2) Cables equal to EN 50525 P
Replace table 5.1 – Supply cord N/A
3.12 (12) ENDURANCE TESTS AND THERMAL TESTS N/A
3.12 (12.4.2c) Thermal test (normal operation)
see footnote c to table 12.2 relating to N/A
unsleeved fixed wiring
ZB ANNEX ZB, SPECIAL NATIONAL CONDITIONS (EN) N/A
DK: power supply cords of class I luminaires
(3.3) N/A
with label
(4.5.1) DK: socket-outlets N/A
(5.2.1) CY, DK, FI, GB: type of plug N/A
ZC ANNEX ZC, NATIONAL DEVIATIONS (EN) N/A
(4 & 5) FR: Shuttered socket-outlets 10/16A N/A
FR: Safety requirements for high buildings
(Decree of 30 December 2011 on safety regulations for the construction of
high-rise buildings and their protection against fire and panic risks; Section
N/A
VIII; Article GH 48, Lighting)
Glow-wire test for outer parts of luminaires:

- 850"C for luminaires in stairways and
N/A
horizontal travel paths
- 650"C for indoor luminaires N/A

IEC 60598-2-3
GB: Requirements according to United

N/A
Kingdom Building Regulation

Annex - IEC 62031

4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS P
4.2 Classification
Built-in module ......................................................... : Yes No æ
Independent module................................................. : Yes No æ
Integral module ........................................................ : Yes No æ
4.6 Independent modules comply with requirements in N/A
IEC 60598-1:2014/AMD1:2017
4.8 Modules with integrated controlgear providing SELV (see Annex 1) N/A
comply with requirements according to IEC 61347-
1:2015/AMD1:2017 clause L.5 to L.11.
6 MARKING P
6.2 Contents of marking for built-in and for independent LED modules N/A
a) mark of origin N/A
b) model number, type reference N/A
c1) constant voltage module; rated supply voltage and N/A
supply frequency
c2) constant current module; rated supply current and N/A
supply frequency
d) rated power N/A
e) indication of connections, wiring diagram N/A
f) value of tc and place on the module N/A
g) Ethr if required N/A
h) symbol for built-in modules N/A
i) heat transfer temperature td N/A
j) power for heat-conduction Pd N/A
k) working voltage for insulation N/A
6.3 Location of marking for built-in LED modules N/A
- marking of a) and b) in 6.2 on the modules N/A
- marking of other applicable items in 6.2 on the N/A
modules or in data sheet, leaflet or website
6.4 Location of marking for independent LED modules N/A
- marking of a), b), c) and f) in 6.2 on the modules N/A
- marking of other applicable items in 6.2 on the N/A
modules or in data sheet, leaflet or website
6.5 Marking of integral LED modules P

Annex - IEC 62031

- information in 6.2 a) to g) in data sheet, leaflet or P

website
6.6 Durable and legibility of marking N/A
- marking on the LED module legible after test with N/A
water
- marking not on the LED module legible N/A
7 TERMINALS N/A
8 (9) EARTHING N/A
9 (10) PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH LIVE PARTS P

- (10.1) Controlgear protected against accidental contact with P
live parts
- (A2) Voltage measured with 50 kW (see Annex A) N/A
- (A3) Voltage > 35 V peak or > 60 V d.c. or protective (see Annex A) N/A
impendance device
- (10.1) Lacquer or enamel not used for protection or P
insulation
Adequate mechanical strength on parts providing P
protection
- (10.2) Capacitors > 0,5 mF: voltage after 1 min (V): < 50 V N/A
...............................................................................:
- (10.3) Controlgear providing SELV N/A
Accessible conductive parts are insulated from live N/A
parts by double or reinforced insulation in SELV
controlgear
No connection between output circuit and the body or N/A
protective earthing circuit
No possibility of connection between output circuit N/A
and the body or protective earthing circuit through
other conductive parts
SELV outputs separated from earth by at least basic N/A
insulation
ELV conductive parts insulated as live parts N/A
Tests according Annex L of IEC 61347-1 N/A
- (10.4) Accessible conductive parts in SELV circuits N/A
Output voltage under load £ 25 V r.m.s. or £ 60 V d.c. N/A

Annex - IEC 62031

If output voltage > 25 V r.m.s. or > 60 V d.c.; N/A

No load output £ 35 V peak or £ 60 V d.c and touch
current does not exceed 0,7 mA (peak)
or 2 mA d.c. ............................................................. :
One conductive part is insulated if output voltage or N/A
current exceeding the values above and withstand
test voltage 500 V
Double or reinforced insulation bridged by N/A
appropriate and at least two resistors or two Y2
capacitors or one Y1 capacitor
Y1 or Y2 capacitors comply with IEC 60384-14 N/A
Resistors comply with test (a) in 14.1 of N/A
IEC 60065
10 (11) MOISTURE RESISTANCE AND INSULATION P

After storage 48 h at 91-95% relative humidity and 20-30 "C measuring of insulation P
resistance with d.c. 500 V (MW):
For basic insulation # 2 MW ..................................... : >500 MW P
For double or reinforced insulation # 4 MW ............. : N/A
Between primary and secondary circuits in N/A
controlgear providing SELV, values in Annex L in IEC
61347-1
11 (12) ELECTRIC STRENGTH P

Immediately after clause 11 electric strength test for P
1 min
Basic insulation for SELV, test voltage 500 V N/A
Working voltage £ 50 V, test voltage 500 V N/A
Working voltage > 50 V £ 1000 V, test voltage (V): P
Basic insulation, 2U + 1000 V P
Supplementary insulation, 2U + 1000 V N/A
Double or reinforced insulation, 4U + 2000 V N/A
No flashover or breakdown P
Solid or thin sheet insulation for double or reinforced N/A
insulation fulfil the requirements in Annex N in IEC
61347-1
12 (14) FAULT CONDITIONS P

- (14.1) When operated under fault conditions the controlgear: P
- does not emit flames or molten material P

Annex - IEC 62031

- does not produce flammable gases P

- protection against accidental contact not impaired P
Thermally protected controlgear does not exceed the N/A
marked temperature value
Fault conditions: capacitors, resistors or inductors (see appended table) N/A
without proof of compliance with relevant
specifications have been short-circuited or
disconnected
- (14.2) Short-circuit of creepage distances and clearances if (see appended table) P
less than specified in clause 16 in Part 1 (after any
reduction in 14.2 - 14.5)
- (14.3) Short-circuit or interruption of semiconductor devices LED P
- (14.4) Short-circuit across insulation consisting of lacquer, (see appended table) N/A
enamel or textile
- (14.5) Short-circuit across electrolytic capacitors (see appended table) N/A
Short-circuit or interruption of SPDs (see appended table) N/A
- (14.6) After the tests has been carried out on three samples: P
The insulation resistance # 1 MW .........................: >500 MW P
No flammable gases P
No accessible parts have become live P
During the tests, a five-layer tissue paper, where the P
test specimen is wrapped, does not ignite
- (14.7) Relevant fault condition tests with high-power a.c. æ
supply and in turn to a d.c. supply
12.2 Overpower condition P
Module withstands overpower condition >15 min. P
Module with automatic protective device or power N/A
limiter, test performed 15 min. at limit.
No fire, smoke or flammable gas is produced P
Molten material does not ignite tissue paper, spread P
below the module
14 (15) CONSTRUCTION P
- (15.1) Wood, cotton, silk, paper and similar fibrous material P
Wood, cotton, silk, paper and similar fibrous material P
not used as insulation
- (15.2) Printed circuits N/A
Printed circuits used as internal connections N/A
complies with clause 14

Annex - IEC 62031

15 (16) CREEPAGE DISTANCES AND CLEARANCES P

- (16.1) General P
Creepage distances and clearances according P
to 16.2 and 16.3
Controlgears providing SELV comply with additional N/A
requirements in Annex L
Insulating lining of metallic enclosures N/A
Controlgear protected against pollution comply with N/A
Annex P
- (16.2) Creepage distances P
- (16.2.2) Minimum creepage distances for working voltages P
Creepage distances according to Table 7 (see appended table) P
- (16.2.3) Creepage distances for working voltages with frequencies above 30 kHz N/A
Creepage distances according to Table 8 (see appended table) N/A
- (16.3) Clearances P
- (16.3.2) Clearances for working voltages P
Clearances distances according to Table 9 (see appended table) P
- (16.3.3) Clearances for ignition voltages and working voltages with higher frequencies N/A
Clearances distances for basic or supplementary N/A
insulation according to Table 10
Clearances distances for reinforced insulation N/A
according to Table 11
16 (17) SCREWS, CURRENT-CARRYING PARTS AND CONNECTIONS P

Screws, current-carrying parts and connections in compliance with IEC 60598-1 æ
(clause numbers between parentheses refer to IEC 60598-1)
17 (18) RESISTANCE TO HEAT, FIRE AND TRACKING N/A
18 RESISTANCE TO CORROSION N/A

Comply with requirements according 4.18 of N/A
IEC 60598-1
20 HEAT MANAGEMENT N/A
22 PHOTOBIOLOGICAL SAFETY P
22.1 UV radiation N/A
Luminous radiation not exceed 2mW/klm N/A

Annex - IEC 62031

22.2 Blue light hazard P

Assessed according to IEC TR 62778 P
22.3 Infrared radiation N/A
Requirements for infrared radiation when required N/A
A ANNEX A - TESTS P
All tests performed in accordance with the advice P
given in Annex H of IEC 61347-1, if applicable
12 (14) TABLE: tests of fault conditions P

Part Simulated fault Hazard
LED Short circuit and no impairs safety NO
16 (16) TABLE: clearance and creepage distance measurements (mm) P

Applicable part of IEC 61347-1 Table 7 – 11*
Distances Insulation Measured Required Measured Required
Distance 1: B 4,0 1,5 Table 9 4,0 3,0 Table 7
Working voltage (V) ....................................................................... : Uout=300 Vdc æ
Frequency if applicable (kHz)........................................................ : -- æ
PTI ................................................................................................. : < 600 > 600 æ
Peak value of the working voltage Ûout if applicable (kV) ............. : -- æ
Pulse voltage if applicable (kV) .................................................... : -- æ
Supplementary information: Live parts on LED module to accessible part
Distance 2: -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Working voltage (V) ....................................................................... : -- æ
Frequency if applicable (kHz)........................................................ : -- æ
PTI ................................................................................................. : < 600 > 600 æ
Peak value of the working voltage Ûout if applicable (kV) ............. : -- æ
Pulse voltage if applicable (kV) .................................................... : -- æ
** Insulation type: B – Basic; S – Supplementary; R – Reinforced

Annex model list:
Model name: Saturn-X-A (A PCS B)-Y series

X can be “D” or “T”;
It has two mechanical constructions. They are type D (with metal shield) and type T (without metal shield).
Y stands for socket type, it can be “O” or ” N” or “Z”.
(O: No socket; N: NEMA socket; Z: Zhaga socket).
Model name Input LED Rated LED module LED driver

voltage quantity power
Xitanium 50W 0.70A 230V-J cXt

Xi LP 22W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 22W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 22W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 22W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.05A S1 230V I150
Xi FP 22W 0.3-1.0A SNLDAE 230V S175 sXt
Xi FP 22W 0.2-0.7A SNLDAE 230V s175 sXt
Xi FP 22W 0.2-0.7A SNLDAE 230V C123 sXt
Saturn-X-A (A PCS
B)
A stands for
Xi SR 12W 0.2-0.7A SNEMP 230V C133 sXt
number of LED, it
can be from “8” to
“24”. Over and
B stands for rated including
220 -240 Xi SR 40W 0.2-0.7A SNEMP 230V C133 sXt
power, it can be 10 W up to 1X10W ~
V~; 8-12 OT 50/120- 277/700 P5
from “10W” to and 1X30W
50/60Hz OT 50/120- 277/1A2 2DIMLT2 P
“60W”. including
OT 50/120- 277/800 2DIMLT2 P
X can be “D” or “T”, 30W
OT 40/120- 277/1A0 4DIM LT2 E
it has two
OT 20/170- 240/1A0 4DIML T2 G2 CE
mechanical
OT 40/170- 240/1A0 4DIML T2 G2 CE
constructions. They
OT DX 40/220-240/1A0 DIMA LT2 E
are type D and type
IT DALI 40/220-240/1A0 E
T
LCA 30W 250-700mA One4all C PRE OTD
LCO 40/200–1050/64 o4a NFC EXC3
LCO 24/200-1050/39 pD+ NFC PRE3
LCO 40/200-1050/64 pD+ NFC PRE3
EUC-026S050SVMxxxy
EUC-026S070SVMxxxz
EUC-035S070SVMxxxy
EUC-035S105SVMxxxz
EUC-040S070DVMxxxx
EUC-040S105DVMxxxx
EUC-040S070SVMxxxx
EUC-040S105SVMxxxx
EBS-040S070DTExxxx/EBS-040S070STExxxx/
EBS-040S070BTExxxx
EBS-040S105DTExxxx/EBS-040S105STExxxx/
EBS-040S105BTExxxx

Annex model list:

Xitanium 100W 1.05A 230V Y
Xitanium Dim 65W 0.7A 1-10V 230V Y
Xi LP 40W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 22W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.05A S1 230V I150
Xi FP 22W 0.2-0.7A SNLDAE 230V s175 sXt
Saturn-X-A (A PCS Xi SR 40W 0.3-1.0A SNEMP 230V C133 sXt
B) Xi SR 40W 0.2-0.7A SNEMP 230V C133 sXt
A stands for OT 50/120- 277/700 P5
number of LED, it OT 60/220- 240/1A4 1DIMA P7
can be from “8” to OT 50/120- 277/1A2 2DIMLT2 P
“24”. OT 50/120- 277/800 2DIMLT2 P
B stands for rated Over 15 W OT 40/120- 277/1A0 4DIM LT2 E
220 -240
power, it can be up to and 1X15W ~ OT 60/170- 240/1A0 4DIMLT2 E
V~; 12-16
from “10W” to including 1X40W OT 40/170- 240/1A0 4DIML T2 G2 CE
50/60Hz
“60W”. 40W OT DX 40/220-240/1A0 DIMA LT2 E
X can be “D” or “T”, IT DALI 40/220-240/1A0 E
it has two LCA 30W 250-700mA One4all C PRE OTD
mechanical LCA 60W 350-1050mA one4all C PRE OTD
constructions. They LCO 40/200–1050/64 o4a NFC EXC3
are type D and type LCO 24/200-1050/39 pD+ NFC PRE3
T LCO 40/200-1050/64 pD+ NFC PRE3
EUC-026S050SVMxxxy
EUC-026S070SVMxxxz
EUC-035S070SVMxxxy
EUC-035S105SVMxxxz
EUC-040S070DVMxxxx
EUC-040S105DVMxxxx
EUC-040S070SVMxxxx
EUC-040S105SVMxxxx
EUC-060S070SVMxxxx
EUC-060S105SVMxxxx
EUC-060S180SVMxxxx
EBS-040S070DTExxxx/EBS-
040S070STExxxx/EBS-040S070BTExxxx
EBS-040S105DTExxxx/EBS-
040S105STExxxx/EBS-040S105BTExxxx

Annex model list:

Xitanium Dim 65W 0.7A 1-10V 230V Y
Xitanium DIM 100W 1.05A 1-10V 230V Y
Xitanium DIM 100W 0.7A 1- 10V 230V Y
Xi LP 40W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V S175 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V C123 sXt
Xi LP 75W 0.2-0.7A S1 230V C133 sXt
Xi LP 75W 0.3-1.0A S1 230V C133 sXt
Xi LP 40W 0.3-1.05A S1 230V I150
Xi LP 65W 0.3-1.05A S1 230V I150
Saturn-X-A (A PCS
B)
A stands for
number of LED, it
can be from “8” to
“24”.
OT 50/120- 277/700 P5; OT 100/120- 277/700 P5
B stands for rated Over 18 W
220 -240 OT 60/220- 240/1A4 1DIMA P7
power, it can be up to and 1X18W ~
V~; 16-24 OT 50/120- 277/1A2 2DIMLT2 P
from “10W” to including 1X60W
50/60Hz OT 50/120- 277/800 2DIMLT2 P
“60W”. 60W
OT 100/120- 277/800 2DIMLT2 P
X can be “D” or “T”,
OT 40/120- 277/1A0 4DIM LT2 E
it has two
OT 60/170- 240/1A0 4DIMLT2 E
mechanical
OT 90/170- 240/1A0 4DIMLT2 E
constructions. They
OT 40/170- 240/1A0 4DIML T2 G2 CE
are type D and type
OT 75/170- 240/1A0 4DIML T2 G2 CE
T
OT DX 40/220-240/1A0 DIMA LT2 E
OT DX 75/220-240/1A0 DIMA LT2 E
IT DALI 40/220-240/1A0 E
IT DALI 75/220-240/1A0 E
LCA 60W 350-1050mA one4all C PRE OTD
LCA 75W 250–750mA one4all C PRE OTD
LCO 40/200–1050/64 o4a NFC EXC3
LCO 60/200–1050/100 o4a NFC EXC3
LCO 90/200–1050/165 o4a NFC EXC3
LCO 40/200-1050/64 pD+ NFC PRE3
LCO 60/200-1050/100 pD+ NFC PRE3
LCO 90/200-1050/165 pD+ NFC PRE3
EUC-035S070SVMxxxy; EUC-035S105SVMxxxz
EUC-040S070DVMxxxx; EUC-040S105DVMxxxx
EUC-040S070SVMxxxx; EUC-040S105SVMxxxx
EUC-060S070SVMxxxx; EUC-060S105SVMxxxx
EBS-040S070DTExxxx; EBS-040S070STExxxx
EBS-040S070BTExxxx; EBS040S105DTExxxx;
EBS-040S105STExxxx; EBS-040S105BTExxxx;
EBS-080S070DTExxxx; EBS-080S070STExxxx
EBS-080S070BTExxxx; EBS-080S105DTExxxx
EBS-080S105STExxxx; EBS-080S105BTExxxx

Annex manual instruction:






1. The lighting should be placed where is cool, dry, clean and not allowed to be
placed in the water or closed to fire resource and high temperature place.
2. To make sure the lighting is intact before it is installed and used. Only the
authorized electrician can install the lighting, and the wire should be in line with
national standards.
3. To lock the wire’s fixed head and the screw on the top cover tightly in order to
make sure the light is waterproof.
4. Don’t switch on the power when connecting the wire.
5. The input cable should be 3 cores for class I luminaire and 2 cores for class II
luminaire. The min cross-sectional area of the conductor should be 1.5 mm2. The
input cable should meet the require of 60245 IEC 57.
6. The light source contained in this luminaire shall only be replaced by the
manufacturer or his service agent or a similar qualified person.
7. Do not stare at the operating light source.

Date: 19th September 2023
Ref No.: T3/Q/20221116/0099/03
Leighton – China State Joint Venture

Subject: Clarification of Specification of Luminaire for
Contract No. SD/2021/02 Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor
Dear Sirs,
We confirmed that LED lantern Model named “Saturn-T-24” shall comply to

⚫ Ingress Protection Rating IP66,
⚫ Electrical Insulation Class 1,
⚫ Impact Resistance IK10,
based on the certification acquired under IEC 60598-2-3:2002.
Based to our previous job references on the projects, we can assure you that our products will
always be manufactured in accordance with specified standard and high quality.
If you require any further information, please do not hesitate to contact us at 3996 8656.
Yours faithfully,
Norman Chan
Director & Head of ICT & Smart City Development
Jump Intelligence Group Limited

Address: Lot No. TKT 1734, Wing Shun Street, Kwai Chung, New Territories, Hong Kong
Ref No.: T3/Q/20221116/0099/01

Subject: Material Submission of LED Lantern for
Dear Sirs,
We confirmed that LED lantern Model named “Saturn-T-24” with up to 70W maximum
rating shall comply to the standard(s) EN 60598-1:2015, EN 60598-1:2015/A1:2018, EN
60598-2-3:2003 and EN 60598-2-3:2003/A1:2011.
Yours faithfully,
Norman Chan

OVE Austrian Electrotechnical Association
Eschenbachgasse 9 | 1010 Wien | Austria
ZVR: 327279890 | www.ove.at
OVE Certification
Kahlenberger Str. 2A | 1190 Wien | Austria
T +43 1 370 58 06 | certification@ove.at
ENEC Certification Body registered under ID # 11. Validity of ENEC Licences can be checked at www.enec.com
LICENCE
to use the European Mark
Licence No.: 7590-268 Date of issue: Wien, 2020 05 28

Rev. No.: 04 Wien, 2023 05 11
OVE the Austrian Electrotechnical Association as signatory to the "Agreement on the use of a
commonly agreed Mark of Conformity for certain electrical equipment complying with
European Standards" hereby grants the right to label the products mentioned hereunder and
listed in the Annex with the Mark(s) shown above to the following company
Licenceholder: Tridonic GmbH & Co KG

Färbergasse 15
6851 Dornbirn
Austria
Product: Electronic control gears for LED-modules
Trade Mark:
Series/Type: LCO ...
Basis for this given right is the conformity of the products with the requirements of the relevant
Standard(s) as listed in the Annex and the fulfilment of articles 8 and 9 of the ENEC-Agreement by
the manufacturer. This licence refers to the tested specimen and to all products manufactured
strictly identical to the submitted one.
This licence has been issued under the presumption and conditional on the fact that the licensee
holds all necessary legal rights with regard to the product presented for testing and certification.
Österreichischer Verband für Elektrotechnik

Head of OVE Certification
Dipl.-Ing. T. Neumayer
OVE Certification
Accredited by the Federal Ministry for Digital and Economic Affairs as Certification Body for products
within the scope as given in the official decree and published under https://akkreditierung-austria.gv.at.
Licence No.: 7590-268 Rev. 04
Date: 2023 05 11
Page 2 of 5
Hersteller Tridonic GmbH & Co KG

Manufacturer Färbergasse 15
6851 Dornbirn
Austria
Fertigungsstätte(n) ID: 7590

Factory location(s)
ID: 87468
ID: 40926
Typenbezeichnung Series LCO ... pD+ NF C PRE3,

Type reference Series LCO ... o4a NF C EXC3,
Series LCO ... NF C ADV,
see page 4
Prüfbericht TGM-VA EE 37489c-e ECS-2,

Test Report TGM-VA EE 37489l ECS-2,
TGM-VA EE 37489m ECS-2,
TGM-VA EE 37489n ECS-2,
TGM-VA EE 38339 ECS-2,
TR 87837-0042-01 ECS,
TR 87837-0043-01 ECS,
TR 87837-0044-01 ECS,
TR 87837-0036-01 ECS,
TR 87837-0037-01 ECS,
TR 87837-0038-01 ECS,
TGM-VA EE 38844 ECS-1/ECS-2,
TGM-VA EE 38845 ECS-1/ECS-2
Nationale Bestimmung(en) OVE EN 61347-1:2021-09-01

National Standard(s) OVE EN 61347-2-13:2017-11-01
ÖVE/ÖNORM EN 62384:2010-05-01
Europanorm(en) EN 61347-1:2015 + A1:2021

European Standard(s) EN 61347-2-13:2014 + A1:2017
EN 62384:2006 + A1:2009
* Ersatz für Zertifikat 7590-268 Rev. 03 dated 2023 05 09

Superseded licence Items modified are marked with an asterisk (*)
Anmerkung(en) Complies with the additional requirements for

Remark(s) emergency lighting according Annex J of
EN 61347-2-13:2014+A1:2017
OVE Certification
Date: 2023 05 11
Page 3 of 5
Nennspannung AC 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz;

Rated voltage DC 220-240 V
Nennstrom (sec.) see page 4

Rated current (sec.)
Höchste Ausgangsspannung see page 4

Max. output voltage
Nennleistung see page 4

Rated power
Max. Betriebstemperatur tc see page 4

Rated max. operating temperature tc
Umgebungstemperatur ta see page 4

Rated ambient temperature ta
Maximale Gehäusetemperatur 130°C

Rated maximum case temperature
Kurzschlußschutz Short circuit proof control gear.

Short-circuit protection
Klassifikation Built-in electronic controlgears for LED modules with

Classification double or reinforced insulation, constant current type.
OVE Certification
Date: 2023 05 11
Page 4 of 5
TRADEMARK / TYPECODE Case
(230V, 50Hz, full load) 3

Rated max. operating
Rated output current
Circuit power factor

Rated output power
Maximum ambient
voltage (no-load) 1
temperarture (tc) 2
temperature (ta) 2
Maximum output
Maximum case
temperature
TRIDONIC
Plastic (P)
Metall (M)
[mA] [V] [W] [°C] [°C] [°C] λ
220 (HV)
1 LCO 90/200-1050/165 pD+ NF C PRE3 200-1050 90 85 60/65/70 130 0,98 P
130 (LV)
220 (HV)
2 LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C EXC3 200-1050 90 95/100 65/70 130 0,98 P
130 (LV)
220 (HV)
3 LCO 90/200-1050/165 NF C ADV3 200-1050 90 95/100 65/70 130 0,98 P
130 (LV)
280 (HV)
4 LCO 135/200-1050/220 pD+ NF C PRE3 200-1050 135 85/90/95 55/60/65/70 130 0,98 P
180 (LV)
280 (HV)
5 LCO 135/200-1050/220 o4a NF C EXC3 200-1050 135 90/95/100 60/65/70 130 0,98 P
180 (LV)
280 (HV)
6 LCO 135/200-1050/220 NF C ADV3 200-1050 135 90/95/100 60/65/70 130 0,98 P
180 (LV)
400 (HV)
7 LCO 200/200-1050/355 pD+ NF C PRE3 200-1050 200 80/85/90 55/60/65/70 130 0,98 P
280 (LV)
400 (HV)
8 LCO 200/200-1050/355 o4a NF C EXC3 200-1050 200 95/100 60/65/70 130 0,98 P
280 (LV)
400 (HV)
9 LCO 200/200-1050/355 NF C ADV3 200-1050 200 95/100 60/65/70 130 0,98 P
280 (LV)
OVE Certification
Date: 2023 05 11
Page 5 of 5
TRADEMARK / TYPECODE Case
(230V, 50Hz, full load) 3

Rated max. operating
Rated output current
Circuit power factor

Rated output power
Maximum ambient
voltage (no-load) 1
temperarture (tc) 2
temperature (ta) 2
Maximum output
Maximum case
temperature
TRIDONIC
Plastic (P)
Metall (M)
[mA] [V] [W] [°C] [°C] [°C] λ
370 (HV)
* 10 LCO 165/200-1050/285 pD+ NF C PRE3 200-1050 165 90/95 55/60/65/70 130 0,98 P
240 (LV)
370 (HV)
* 11 LCO 165/200-1050/285 o4a NF C EXC3 200-1050 165 85/90/95/100 60/65/70 130 0,98 P
240 (LV)
1
(HV) High voltage output, (LV) Low voltage output
2
Depending on output current, see marking on product or datasheet.
3
Values for 100% dimming level
OVE Certification
12 April 2019
2/7 Millner Ave

Horsley Park NSW 2175
Tridonic Australia Pty Ltd.
Phillip Lowe
Dear Sir / Madam,
APPROVAL OF NON-PRESCRIBED EQUIPMENT
Enclosed is the Certificate(s) in respect to your recent application received by Energy Safe Victoria
.
Please take time to check the certificate to ensure that all details are correct in accordance with
your application, and that you understand all of the conditions imposed on the approval.
Should you have any queries, please contact Jean Marie Ntahonkiriye on telephone (03) 9203
9700, or email jntahonkiriye@esv.vic.gov.au
Any samples that accompanied your application are available for collection, and if not collected
within 20 business days of the date hereon may be disposed of.
Notification must be given to Energy Safe Victoria of any change of registered Address within 20
business days.
Yours sincerely
DIRECTOR OF ENERGY SAFETY

Ref: ESV180385/02
Energy Safe Victoria Level 5, Building 2, 4 Riverside Quay, Southbank 3006 Telephone (03) 9203 9700
ABN 27 462 247 657 PO Box 262, Collins Street West, Victoria 8007 Facsimile (03) 9686 2197
Certificate Number: ESV180385/02
Certificate of Compliance
This is to certify that the Director of Energy Safety has approved the electrical equipment described hereunder.
Registered Declarant: Tridonic Australia Pty Ltd.

2/7 Millner Ave
Horsley Park NSW 2175
Authorised Marking: ESV180385
Electrical equipment covered by this approval must comply in all respects with the approved article,
and prior to being supplied or offered for supply, may be clearly and indelibly marked with the
marking indicated above, or the Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) provided that the requirements
of all relevant parts of AS/NZS 4417 applicable to the article are fulfilled.
Any modifications to the electrical equipment or its place of manufacture must be approved by
Energy Safe Victoria prior to the equipment being supplied or offered for supply.
Notification should be given to Energy Safe Victoria of any change to the name or address of the
holder of the certificate within 20 business days.
ARTICLE DETAILS
Electrical Equipment: Level 1
NP: Non-Prescribed
Dimmable_constant_current_LED_driver:_built-in
Relevant Standards: AS/NZS IEC 61347.2.13:2013 & AS/NZS 61347.1:2016
Expiry Date: 07 August 2023
Conditions of Approval:
DATE OF APPROVAL:12 April 2019 Page: (2/ 3) Director of Energy Safety

Certificate Number: ESV180385/02
Approval details
Modification includes:
- addition of alternative models with ncreased power (input/output) and output
voltage.
Model LCO 90/200-1050/165 o4a NF C

EXC3
Rated at Input: 220-240 V, 99.5 W, 50/60 Hz
Output: 220 Vdc, 90 W, 200-1050 mA
Trade Name TRIDONIC
Comments
Model LCO 135/200-1050/220 o4a NF C

EXC3
Rated at Input: 220-240 V, 147 W, 50/60 Hz
Output: 280 Vdc, 135 W, 200-1050
mA
Trade Name TRIDONIC
Comments
Model LCO 200/200-1050/355 o4a NF C

EXC3
Rated at Input: 220-240 V, 216 W, 50/60 Hz
Output: 430 Vdc, 200 W, 200-1050
mA
Trade Name TRIDONIC
Comments
DATE OF APPROVAL:12 April 2019 Page: (3/ 3) Director of Energy Safety

DocuSign Envelope ID: 51E6CCE0-F36D-4048-946A-E403EF94190F
UKCA Declaration of Conformity

(UK Legislation SI 2017 No. 1206, SI 2012 No. 3032 and SI 2010 No. 2617 (SI 2021 No. 1095))
Document no.: UKCA 430_02_03
This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of:

Manufacturer: Tridonic GmbH & Co KG
Färbergasse 15
6851 Dornbirn / Austria
http://www.tridonic.com
Product specification: Electronic controlgears for LED modules with Near Field Communication
Types: LCO … NF …
LCO … flexC 0-10V NF …
LCO … o4a NF …
LCO … pD+ NF …
The objects of the declaration described above are in conformity with the relevant legislation of the United Kingdom:
UK Legislations SI 2017 No. 1206, SI 2012 No. 3032 and SI 2010 No. 2617 (SI 2021 No. 1095), including all changes.
For evaluation of the conformity following relevant standards were consulted:

Reference no: EN 61347-1:2015 + A1:2021
EN 61347-2-13:2014 + A1:2017
EN IEC 55015:2019 + A11:2020

EN 61547:2009
EN IEC 61000-3-2:2019 + A1:2021
EN 61000-3-3:2013 + A1:2019
EN 300 330 V2.1.1
Built into a luminaire, the radio disturbance has to be measured in conjunction with the luminaire.
Issued by: Tridonic GmbH & Co KG

Place, date: Dornbirn, 12.11.2021
Signature of authorized person:
Antonio Andrea Romano Martin Pfurtscheller

Vice President R&D Tridonic Head of Global Product
Compliance Center
UKCA 430_02_03 Page 1 of 1 Digitally signed document

Declaration of
Conformity
for Smart Lamp Pole
Material
Ref No.: T3/Q/20221116/0099/02

Subject: Clarification of Pole Materials Standard for
Dear Sirs,
We confirmed that our pole material shall comply to the Chinese standard (GB 50429-2007),
which is commonly recognized as equivalent to the European code (EN 1999-1-1:2007) and
the pole finishing comply to Chinese standard (GB/T 18593-2010)
Yours faithfully,
Norman Chan

Test Certificate and
Report for
CCTV Camera
Material Submission
4. Job Reference List for Smart Lamp Post
PORJECT REFERENCE OF LAMPPOST
Year Project Reference

2019 路政署 (01/HY/2019) – Village Light
2021 路政署 (01/HY/2021) – Village Light
2020 無錫大劇院
2020 上海人民廣場
2022 浙江大學校友企業總部經濟園
2021 武漢元廬
2021 長沙中海閱麓山
2022 上海閔行南部科創公園
2022 上海秀沿路
Project Reference Page 1

4 August 2023
Saturn Lighting
(LED Lantern)
項目案例
項目案例—— 路政署 (01/HY/2019) – Village Light
S ystem features
Number of Deployment: 709

項目案例—— 路政署 (01/HY/2021) – Village Light
S ystem features
Number of Deployment: 100

Location: 石澳、大嶼山
Saturn Lighting
項目案例
項目案例——無錫大劇院 2020 年
S ystem features
無錫大劇院（Wuxi grand theatre），位於江蘇省無錫市濱湖區大劇院路1號，為無錫市地

標性建築，由主觀演廳、歌劇廳、綜合觀演廳及外部廣場組成。
無錫大劇院由芬蘭設計師佩卡·薩米寧主持設計，總占地面積6.76萬平米，總建築面積約7.8萬
平米，建築分地上七層、地下一層。
項目案例——上海人民廣場 2020 年
S ystem features
上海人民廣場（People's Square of Shanghai）位於上海市黃浦區，是上海市的政治、經濟、文化、旅遊中心和交通樞紐，也是上海最為重要的標誌性建築之一。

廣義上的人民廣場主要是由一個開放式的廣場、人民公園以及周邊一些文化、旅遊、商業建築等組成。位於上海市中心的人民廣場總面積達14萬平方米，過去作為全市人民遊行集會的場所，
可容納120多萬人。它也是318國道的起點。
被譽為“城市綠肺”的人民廣場位於市中心，是一個金融行政、文化、交通、商業為一體的園林式廣場。廣場北側是上海市人民政府所在地，西北側為上海大劇院，東北側為上海城市規劃
展示館，南側為上海博物館，人民大道穿越其中。廣場兩側各設17米寬的綠化帶，綠化總面積達8萬平方米。
項目案例——浙江大學校友企業總部經濟園 2022 年
S ystem features
浙江大學校友企業總部經濟園（以下簡稱總部經濟園）是浙江省人民政府授牌專案、浙江省大灣區
重大產業專案、長三角一體化發展規劃“十四五”實施方案重大專案、杭州“十四五”重大建設專案。
總部經濟園旨在通過吸引泛浙大校友企業入駐，建立全球性、全國性或區域性企業總部，為浙江省支援
產業創新發展和科技成果轉化發揮戰略支撐作用，為提振區域創新創業水準發揮應有的引領帶動作用。
項目案例——武漢元廬 2021 年
S ystem features
項目案例——長沙中海閱麓山 2021 年
S ystem features
項目案例——上海閔行南部科創公園 2022 年
S ystem features
項目案例——上海秀沿路 2022 年
S ystem features
上海秀沿路燈光使用天禧照明所生產的太陽能
景觀燈，配合智慧物聯網管理平臺，將路燈的照明
進行同步控制，同時通過管理平臺，可以查看燈內
儲電量，用電情況，燈具運行狀態等資料，能更加
有效的管理和維護路燈。同時通過控制，可以達到
節能的效果。
項目案例——上海秀沿路 2022 年
S ystem features
項目案例——集控系統
S ystem features
Material Submission
5. Response to Comments
Project: Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor (Contract No. SD/2021/02)
Summary of Comments and Responses
Project: Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor Contract No.: SD/2021/02
Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor (Contract No. SD/2021/02) Material Submission of Smart Lamp Posts
Subject:
Your Ref: Letter dated on 6/Sep/2023 Ref: (SD/2021/02)/M15/613/04271
Item and
reference (as MIEL’s Comment Boardwalk JV’s Response
per original
comments) The information (brand, model. supplier and origin) of individual components The equipment schedule(P.5) revised to include information for
(Wi-Fi, CCTV, Speaker, Projector, solar panel) in the equipment schedule individual components. For lam pole with PV system, please refer to
1
should be listed out in the equipment schedule and equipment information for separate submission(H2757W-WM-MSF-ICE-000018).
traceability.
There is no detail for pole light with solar photovoltaics. Please provide and The pole lamp with PV system refer to separate submission(H2757W-
2 revise the comply list. WM-MSF-ICE-000018).
The checklist should incorporate Clause 8.4 of EE_GS (External Lighting Incorporated in the re-submission, please refer to P.6-21 for
3 System — Lamp pole) and Clause 2 of PLDM to ensure fulfilment of contract compliance list.
requirements.
The model and supplier of lamp lantern in the catalogue of smart lamp posts Please refer P.32-36 for revised cataloge.
should be provided.
4
The modular design overview should include item 6 pole light with Wi-Fi and These two types of smart lamp pole are out of lighting schedule
speaker and item7 pole light with speaker and CCTV. (91640/C/LGN/0003) Therefore, we will separate submit.
5
The modular design overview does not show the mounting detail with 80mm The drawing updated to show the steel cover.
6 mounting cover.
Please revise the drawing to show the detail.
 PAGE 1
Item and
per original
comments) The material and finish of pole light should be aluminium non-channel pole The submitted lamp pole is made with aluminium which comply to
system with steel base section. Please revise. GB50429-2007(equivalent to EN 1999-1-1) and is non-channel pole
7 with steel base.
The model of luminaire in the specification cannot be found. Please provide The proposed luminaire model is under the Saturn-T series.
the detail. 70W model under the series will comes to specific model of “Saturn-T-
8
24” where the last 2 digit mean number of LED equipped.
The test certificate of IP, electrical insulation class and impact resistance of The luminaires is comply to of IP, electrical insulation class and impact
luminaire should be provided. resistance requirement, please refer to P.217 for supplier undertaking
9 letter.
The lEC certificate pertains to 60W max rating, which cannot support smart Please refer to supplier undertaking letter(P.218) for the 70W
lamp poles operating at 70W as indicated in the configuration table. Please luminaires is comply to EN 60598-1:2015, EN 60598-1:2015/A1:2018,
10 clarify. EN 60598-2-3:2003 and EN 60598-2-3:2003/A1:2011.
The lEC certificate of luminaire has not been signed. Please provide a duty Noted and revised in P.138.
signed copy of the certificate.
11
The catalogue and test certificate of solar panel, battery, inverter and projector The pole lamp with PV system refer to separate submission(H2757W-
are missing. Please provide the documents. WM-MSF-ICE-000018).
12
The detail of service box in the lamp pole should be provided. It should comply Please refer to P.26 for the detail of service box.
with Clause8.4.6 of EE_GS.
13
The dimmable system should be advised and all lighting including smart lamp The submitted model of LED driver is dimmable.
pole should be dimmable according to Clause 33.132 of Vol. 4.
14
 PAGE 2
Item and
per original
comments) The valve of impedance cannot be found in the catalogue of speakers. Please Our proposed solution does comply with audio performance under
provide the detail, which should comply with the requirement for 4 ohms within different implementation. Since 4 ohm speaker applicable to short
the speaker wattage 10-80 W. distance from the PA amplifier, our proposed 70V speaker together
with the proposed speaker cable could extend up to 500m matching
the site production environment.
15
In short, our solution could fulfil performance requirement in according

to the site condition. Exact match of stated spec by speaker unit will
render the system unusable and we could arrange our supplier
elaborate in detail for the PA solution matter.
The Wi-Fi access point AP should be compatible with the point 8 in the General The submitted model is comply to 802.11ax,11b.11g,11n and 11ac
Note of the Drawing No. 91640/C/EL/SCH/4031 that the Wi-Fi access point AP format.
16 should be using 802.11ax,11b.11g,11n and 11ac.
The test certificate of IP of CCTV, speaker and Wi-Fi access point AP should IP testing report of CCTV enclosed.
be provided.
17
Solar PV panel and the accessories should comply with Clause 26P in COP_E. The pole lamp with PV system refer to separate submission(H2757W-
WM-MSF-ICE-000018).
18
The drawing No. SK2266—06-O1 states that the material of pole follows the The material pole is comply to GB 50429-2007 which equivalent to EN
standard of GB50429—2007. According to Clause 1.05 in Vol.4, British 1999-1-1:2007. Please refer to supplier clarification letter(P.229).
19 Standards, European Standards, Code of Practice should be adopted.
The dimming method should be advised, and the dimmable device should be The proposed model “Tridonic-LCO” series LED driver is capable with
consistent with the dimming method. “ready2main” programmer to dim the lighting level. Please refer to
20 P.113-123 for the information.
Pursuant to P8 Clause 1.87(5), please submit the design check certificate by a Structure calculation will separate submit and certified by RSE.
Design Checker.
21
 PAGE 3
Item and
per original
comments) Please provide design drawings for the smart lamp post and connection detail. Updated in enclosed drawings.
22
Please adopt the standard stipulated in the Design Manual for Highways and Noted, the structure calculation will follow the HyD Design Manual and
Railways published by the Highways Department for wind load calculation. to be separate submit.
23 instead of the Code of Practice on Wind Effects in Hong Kong (2019) published
by the Buildings Department.
 PAGE 4

h2757w WM MSF Iec 000015 Smart Lamp Post - r01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

h2757w WM MSF Iec 000015 Smart Lamp Post - r01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Material Submission

Contract No. SD/2021/02

Revision Date Prepared by Reviewed by Reviewed by Approved by

About this document

Revision History and Plan Approval

REVISION HISTORY AND PLAN APPROVAL 2

1.1 Equipment Information 4

1.2 Equipment Schedule 5

1. Comply List for Smart Lamp Post 6

2. Catalogue for Smart Lamp Post 7

3. Test Certificate and Report for Smart Lamp Post 8

4. Job Reference List for Smart Lamp Post 9

1.1 Equipment Information

Trade: Electrical System

Description: Smart Lamp Post

Application: Electrical System

Location of Use: Boardwalk Underneath Island Eastern Corridor

Brand Name: HKT Limited / Jump Intelligence Group Limited

Manufacturer: Jump Intelligence Group Limited

Model: see attached equipment schedules

Origin: see attached equipment schedules

1.2 Equipment Schedule

Description Brand Model No: Origin:

1. Comply List for Smart Lamp Post

The metallic^goriion-0f^6n3uit shall be electrically bonded to the rigid

B&4 EXTERNAL LIGHTING SYSTEM

This Sub-section covers lighting installations (mainly pole mounted)

B&4.2 Specification and Drawing

External lighting installations shall be installed in accordance with the

The type o f lamps and luminaires to be used shall be as specified in the

Where specified in the Particular Specification, a safety chain shall be

B&4.4 Construction o f Lamp Pole

Unless otherwise specified, lamp poles shall be constructed o f mild

The EE Contractor shall submit evidence to substantiate that the lamp

B&4.5 Foundation o f Lamp Pole

Lamp poles shall be securely bolted down in an upright position to the

Each lamp circuit shall be protected by an MCB. Where the CSA o f

B&4.7 Underground Cable to Pole

Underground cables for external lighting systems shall be copper cored,

All underground cables shall be laid inside cable trenches or ducts. If

B&4.8 Cable between Service Box and Luminaire

Where sustained arc voltage o f a discharge lamp exceeds 250 V, the

Where flexible cables are recommended by manufacturer for

Where four or more floodlights are mounted on a pole, the flexible

B8.4.9 Switch Fitted to Pole

B&4.10 Control Gear for Discharge Lighting

Control gear for discharge lamps shall be contained within a

4.11 Testing o f Illumination Level

Testing o f the illumination level and distribution o f external lighting

B8.4.12 Numbering o f Lamp Pole

All lamp poles shall be marked with appropriate identification

The number shall be etched on a stainless steel plate which shall be

A framed drawing indicating the location o f lamp poles and pole

B&5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM /

B8.5.1 Installation of Lightning Protection System

Lightning protection systems shall be installed in a^ewdance with the

This Sub-section coversli^ntning protection systems applicable to

B8.5.3 o f Lightning Protection System

A lightning protection system shall comprise air termination connected

For road lights or soffit lightsJtiGate^m a shaded area such as under-bridge

2.8 CHOICE OF EQUIPMENT

Lanterns shall be of sound and robust construction to BS EN 60598-2-3.